summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/39539-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '39539-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--39539-0.txt6963
1 files changed, 6963 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/39539-0.txt b/39539-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be3e69f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/39539-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,6963 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Cambrian Sketch-Book, by R. Rice Davies
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Cambrian Sketch-Book
+ Tales, Scenes, and Legends of Wild Wales
+
+
+Author: R. Rice Davies
+
+
+
+Release Date: April 26, 2012 [eBook #39539]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CAMBRIAN SKETCH-BOOK***
+
+
+This ebook was transcribed by Les Bowler
+
+ [Picture: Snowdon]
+
+
+
+
+
+ THE
+ CAMBRIAN SKETCH-BOOK.
+
+
+ _TALES_, _SCENES_,
+ _AND LEGENDS OF WILD WALES_.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ BY
+ R. RICE DAVIES.
+
+ _Author of_ “_The Handy Book on Tax Laws_,” “_Havelock_,”
+ “_Essay on Recreation Grounds for Swansea_,” _etc._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ London:
+ SIMPKIN, MARSHALL & CO.
+
+ Swansea:
+ THE CAMBRIAN WELSH AND ENGLISH BOOK
+ PUBLISHING COMPANY
+
+
+
+
+To the Right Honourable
+THE LADY LLANOVER.
+
+
+MADAM,
+
+Among the illustrious men and women of Cambria it would be difficult to
+select one to whom this book could be so appropriately inscribed as your
+ladyship. You are, and ever have been, the warm and sincere friend of my
+country; you are profoundly versed in her historic, poetic, literary, and
+legendary annals; you are a liberal and munificent contributor to almost
+every great movement designed to promote the social and intellectual, the
+moral and religious, welfare of the people of our ancient Principality;
+and you have attained a high and imperishable fame as a graceful and
+eloquent writer. In these pages your ladyship will find depicted scenes
+connected with the past history of the land; tales of years that are
+gone, which roll before us with their dark or splendid deeds, and
+specimens of the wild but graceful legends which have shed a poetic charm
+upon almost every nook and corner of Wales. I cherish the hope that
+their perusal will afford your ladyship delight and pleasure, while their
+contents, possibly, may help to increase your ladyship’s interest in and
+attachment to the land you so much love.
+
+ I am, Madam,
+ Very respectfully,
+ Your ladyship’s obedient Servant,
+ R. RICE DAVIES.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The history of the Cambrian race is interesting not only to the
+antiquarian, but also to all real lovers of traditional and legendary
+lore. It is a race which had its origin in the mythical age, in the far
+back and remote past, in that period of the world’s history when
+intellectual and moral darkness covered the earth, and when gross
+darkness, like a black pall, enveloped the minds of the people. The
+country which this race originally occupied is simply a matter of
+conjecture—an unascertained fact; while the period when the Cambrian
+people first left their own native soil, the land of their love and their
+fondest affection, and wandered over hill and plain, over mountain and
+dismal swamp, through woods and primeval forests, wading through mighty
+fordable rivers, and crossing stormy seas, until they reached the pebbled
+strand of this our sea-girt isle, is still a matter of uncertainty—one of
+the mysteries of this mysterious world. That they occupied this island,
+and were in undisturbed possession of it many hundred years before the
+appearance in our world of Him who is the true Light of humanity, there
+exists abundance of evidence; and it is not unlikely, but on the contrary
+highly probable, that sections of this ancient people were _then_
+engaged, as _now_, in developing the mineral wealth of the country.
+
+Coming down to a later date, a less remote period, we have actual
+descriptive accounts of the Welsh people, of their manners and customs,
+their habits and mode of life, their religious rites and form of worship;
+and considering the then state of the world, we are astonished at the
+comparative high state of civilization to which this ancient race had at
+that time attained. But to trace the history of their civilization down
+through the ages is foreign to my present purpose, however tempting the
+theme. The object I had in view in preparing this work for the press,
+was not to place before the reader a consecutive narrative, but to select
+topics with a view to illustrate some of the traits of character of this
+ancient, singular, and extremely interesting people—a people who, in
+spite of oppression, injustice, and isolation, have nobly clung to the
+old faith; who have ever as citizens been loyal, patriotic, and virtuous;
+and who, moreover, in the face of very serious disadvantages, have
+obtained a position of intellectual and moral manhood, which cannot fail
+to inspire us with admiration and wonder. Let me say here, that if this
+work deepens the Welshman’s love of country, and induces the English
+reader to regard us in a more favourable light than that adopted by a
+class of Saxon critics, I shall consider I have not laboured in vain.
+
+As regards the tales and sketches of this volume, they are not ideal
+pictures of Cambrian life and character, but are for the most part
+founded on fact. For example, the ascent of Snowdon was undertaken
+alone, some ten years ago, and by the most difficult, tedious, and
+hazardous route. I often wonder at my want of prudence in ascending from
+Capel Curig, that glorious old Alpine height, on a cold, dank, and misty
+autumnal morning, without a guide or a friendly hand to point the way.
+Alone I accomplished the journey, without experiencing much difficulty,
+or meeting a single mishap. The story of Dunraven Castle is founded on a
+historical fact. It is one of the most painful of the many painful
+incidents of those terrible times. Parson Jones is not an ideal but a
+real character painted from life. His fame as a charmer, a conjuror, and
+magician, was celebrated far and wide. I well remember farmers’ wives
+and others visiting him in order to secure his assistance in driving away
+evil spirits from their dwellings. A wonderful man was Parson Jones! An
+able divine, a true preacher of the cross, a lovable and childlike man
+was he. When his body was consigned to the tomb, the people felt that
+they had lost one of their best earthly friends. As to the legends of
+Lake Savathan and Elidorus, they have been handed down in written
+history. The tale of Cadwgan is a real picture of Cambrian life. The
+story of Saint Winifred is founded on an old Welsh legend. A marvellous
+work has recently been written by one of England’s greatest novelists; it
+is not impossible that the idea of the “Coming Race” had its origin in
+the tale of Elidorus.
+
+In this work I have avoided the literary paths trodden by previous
+Cambrian authors: writers who, in their own sphere of literature, have
+left behind them imperishable names. I believe that the mine of wealth I
+have endeavoured to explore is new, while virgin is the soil. Deeply
+interesting are the legends which have been handed down from a people,
+who, alas! alas! no longer tread the sacred ground of wild Wales. In the
+selection of topics, I have only discovered for the theme of my pen a few
+precious gems, having culled here and there a few fair and fragrant
+flowers, thus leaving for future literary labours, many others of tints
+equally beautiful and sweets equally delicious. Almost every dell and
+hamlet, every sylvan glade and mountain side of wild Wales abounds with
+legends and tales, stories of real life which are too interesting to be
+lost, and too important in the lessons they afford to remain hid in the
+bosom of members of our ancient race.
+
+It is possible that exception will be taken to the ideal
+pictures—creations of the author’s fancy—of the fairies and fairy land,
+which form rather a prominent feature of this work. For introducing to
+the reader the people of the fairy kingdom beneath the bay of Swansea, I
+have no apology to make. In the thoughts they breathe and in the
+opinions they express they are very human, while the land in which they
+dwell bears witness to the presence of the energizing power and infinite
+benevolence of the Supreme. From our childhood we have been accustomed
+to listen to the wonderful tales relating to Lilliputian races, in which
+the narrators described their sayings and doings, their gambols and
+frolics, their pranks and merry-making, their sweet music and dulcet
+notes; and in our wanderings, we have often gazed on the green rings
+wherein they danced on mead and meadow. And are we not ready to confess
+that those fairy stories possessed a special charm—an interest which even
+reality itself hardly awakens? I am aware that belief in the existence
+of those aërial forms, those ghostly, impalpable, and ambiguous beings,
+has been regarded as an evidence of mental blindness, and the absence of
+high culture and civilization. This charge cannot be maintained. The
+peoples of all European nations believe in the existence of those
+wonderful people, and, personally, I should regret to see their faith
+undermined. Fairies are associated with the spiritual and super-human;
+with virtue and purity; thus they help us to look upward to the
+spirit-world, where flesh and blood, where materialism and its unhallowed
+fruits have not, and can never have, even a temporary lodgment.
+
+Should this work meet with the approval of my fellow-countrymen, I shall
+in the early part of next spring issue a second volume of the Cambrian
+Sketch-Book. I shall include in that volume: Sir Rice ap Thomas, a
+historical romance, already written; and The Lost Son Found, a tale of
+the Lowland Hundred. A beautiful country was Cantref-y-Gwaelod, where
+now roll the waters of the Atlantic—a magnificent plain with fortified
+cities, and co-extensive with Cardigan Bay. Several other legends and
+tales of North and South Wales will also appear in the intended volume.
+
+It now only remains for me to express my hearty thanks to Charles Bath,
+Esq., of Fynone, for his kindness in placing at my service a very old
+view of Swansea, a faithful transcript of which has been made by the
+artist for the present volume. I make this public acknowledgment to our
+townsman for the reason that he is always ready to aid all efforts having
+in view the publication and circulation of works relating to dear old
+Cambria.
+
+ R. RICE DAVIES.
+
+ SWANSEA, _July_, 1875.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+ PAGE
+ASCENT OF SNOWDON 3
+A STORY OF DUNRAVEN CASTLE IN THE OLDEN TIMES 21
+PARSON JONES 79
+CADWGAN WYNN 121
+TRADITIONS OF LLYN SAVATHAN 227
+TREFFYNON; OR, LEGENDS OF SAINT WINIFRED 243
+THE VISIT OF ELIDORUS TO THE FAIRY KINGDOM BENEATH THE BAY 269
+CEFN-Y-BEDD 319
+
+
+
+
+ASCENT OF SNOWDON.
+
+
+ “How high and swift flits the thin rack along,
+ Skirted with rainbow dyes; now deep below—
+ While the fierce sun strikes the illumined top,
+ Slow sails the gloomy storm, and all beneath,
+ By vaporous exhalation hid, is lost
+ In darkness: save at once where drifted mists,
+ Cut by strong gusts of eddying winds, expose
+ The transitory scene.
+ Now swift on either side the gathered clouds,
+ As by a sudden touch of magic, wide
+ Recede, and the fair face of heaven and earth
+ Appears. Amid the vast horizon’s stretch,
+ In restless gaze the eye of wonder darts
+ O’er the expanse,—mountains on mountains piled,
+ And winding bays and promontories huge,
+ And lakes and wandering rivers from their source
+ Traced to the distant ocean.”
+
+ BINGLEY’S TOUR.
+
+It was a bright and glorious August morning, in the year 18—, when,
+having a few weeks’ freedom from the busy toils of official labour, I
+resolved to have an “out,” as they call it in the north of England, where
+I then resided—a brief tour of pleasure. Never in these northern
+latitudes had I witnessed a more lovely morning. The sun shone brightly,
+and with a dazzling splendour only surpassed by the gorgeous brilliancy
+of an Eastern clime. When we looked upwards, not a cloud could be seen
+in the concave hemisphere above. Far, far away, the most distant objects
+could be plainly and distinctly seen. In the forest not a spray moved,
+nor was there a sweet kiss of the leaves on that breezeless morn.
+Neither on river nor lake could there be discerned a single ripple.
+Everywhere, except in the adjacent grove, did quietude and stillness
+reign. There, however, the birds sent forth their merry and joyous
+notes, and the tone of their voices, and the songs they sung, told of
+joys, and proclaimed the existence of happy feelings, which but few among
+the sons of men are permitted to realize. Oh, how calm and how still was
+the scene around! Indeed, all nature, except the winged songsters of the
+grove, appeared to repose quietly and peacefully on the bosom of its God.
+
+A grand morning this, said I, for starting on an “out;” but the pressing
+question was, whither should I go. During my brief preparation, I
+fancied I heard the voice of the eagle, and the voice said, “Come to me.
+Come and behold the high mountain whereon I dwell, and the great rocks in
+which I build my nest. Come and see, from my high elevation and Alpine
+heights, the magnificent lochs whose waters spread far and wide in the
+broad and expansive valleys. Oh, come, and behold the land of the brave
+and heroic Wallace.”
+
+A moment before deciding whether or not I should accept the invitation of
+the king of birds, there was wafted on the gentle breeze that had just
+sprung up, the voice of a little bird which inhabits the far west; and
+the little bird said, “Come and visit the land in which I dwell. In this
+land you will behold some of the greatest wonders of the world. Were you
+to visit the North or the South, the East or the West, the sunny
+fountains of Africa, the coral strands of India, or the icy regions of
+the frigid zone, yet in no part of the wide world could you discover
+objects so grand and majestic as our Giant’s Causeway; while Killarney is
+unrivalled for sublime and beautiful scenery.” Well, little bird, said
+I, I love your nation; your people have warm hearts and generous
+sympathies. Just, however, as I was about saying “aye” to the invitation
+of the little bird of the Green Isle, there came from the south—o’er
+moorland valley, o’er mighty rivers and hills, o’er cities, towns, and
+villages, the charming and enchanting voice of the lark, and its tones
+were so winning and so sweet, that I was almost moved to shed tears of
+joy. But what was the purport of her song? The burden of her song was
+Cambria! the beautiful and the blest; the land of Poetry and the Ideal.
+“Come,” carolled the lark, “and behold some of the beauties of Wild
+Wales. In no land are glades so verdant, are rocks so rugged and bold,
+are cwms and dells so exquisitely beautiful and lovely as are to be seen
+here. Nowhere but here can you behold hill after hill, and mountain
+after mountain, rise above each other, presenting a picture so awfully
+wild, so grand, and so majestically sublime. Besides,” said the lark,
+“this is your own land. It is the place of your birth. It is the home
+of your father’s sepulchre. Oh! come here, for here are generous hearts,
+ready to bid you welcome. In the border land is many an old friend who
+will rejoice and kill the fatted calf when he sees you approach his
+dwelling.” I could no longer resist the irresistible voice, and replied
+to her, Oh, sweet songster of the moorland, thither will I go, and
+to-morrow I will listen to your heavenly strains among your own hills.
+
+I need not describe the journey from the North to Conway, as it is
+familiar to most travellers. Nor shall I refer to the beautiful Menai,
+or the magnificent ruins and historic renown of the good old town of
+Carnarvon. Nor shall I refer, with a view to depict the scene, to many
+other deeply-interesting spots, some of which I could not but gaze upon
+with feelings of profound reverence, the rather as they told the tales of
+other times, which rolled before me with their deeds. As I looked upon
+and contemplated these scenes, I was deeply affected, while my vision was
+dimmed by the tears that welled up from my heart. Moreover, as I still
+gazed upon the historic fields of blood and battle, I thought I saw the
+shadow of my country’s martyrs and heroes passing before my eyes—the
+shadows of the great and heroic men who, strong in the righteousness of
+their cause, fought for the liberty of our brave, courageous, and
+lion-hearted ancestors, and for the independence and the freedom of the
+land of my love and my sympathies. Since the days of that long and
+sanguinary struggle, time and the disposition of men and nations have
+immeasurably changed for the better. Happily for us, we have now a ruler
+who loves her subjects, whose sway is the very opposite of that despotic
+tyrant’s rule, who loved to imbrue his hands in the blood of contemporary
+princes. Edward, however, has gone to his _place_. Oh that his memory
+and his deeds of blood had perished with him! As I looked upon the scene
+around Conway, and viewed it in relation to and in connection with the
+dark deeds of Edward, the following lines of the poet Gray came to my
+remembrance:—
+
+ “Hark how each giant oak and desert cave
+ Sighs to the torrent’s awful voice beneath!
+ O’er thee, O King, their hundred arms they wave,
+ Revenge on thee in hoarser murmurs breathe,
+ Vocal no more.”
+
+From Conway I proceeded to Llanrwst, thence to Bettws-y-Coed, which is
+situated in a lovely verdant cwm, and is the most charming and the most
+exquisitely beautiful spot I have ever beheld. I have seen many an
+enchanting scene, but Bettws-y-Coed is incomparably finer, and surpasses,
+both in magnificent boldness and soft and quiet grandeur, any other
+landscape upon which I have been permitted to gaze. As night was rapidly
+approaching, and as I had arranged to ascend Snowdon the following
+morning, I had to tear myself away from so enchanting a scene. From
+there I proceeded to the Swallow Falls, thence to Capel Curig, a village
+which affords some of the most picturesque landscapes which can be met
+with in Wales. Of this prospect it might be truly said:—
+
+ “Here hills and vales, the woodland and the plain,
+ Here earth and water seem to strive again;
+ Not, chaos-like, together crushed and bruised,
+ But, as the world, harmoniously confused.”
+
+However, I lingered not to contemplate the scene, but proceeded on my
+journey towards Penygwryd, which I reached just as the great king of day
+disappeared behind the Cambrian Alps.
+
+The next morning, after partaking of an early breakfast of ham and eggs
+and coffee, I proceeded to the hotel lawn to see whether the day was
+favourable for an ascent of Yr Wyddfa, the “uwch y mynydd uchaf” of
+England and Wales. Since the previous day I regretted to find that the
+weather had undergone a complete change; the summit of Eryri was now
+enveloped in dark clouds, the morning was cold, and the air was dank and
+chilly. The moaning of the wind in the great mountain gullies and cwms
+rendered the scene both awful and sublime. Meeting mine host on the
+lawn, I inquired if I might venture to ascend Snowdon without the service
+of a guide. He strongly dissuaded me from attempting an ascent alone, as
+it would necessarily be attended with great risk. However, after
+debating the matter some time, I resolved to carry out my original design
+of going unattended. When I reached the summit I was delighted beyond
+measure at having accomplished the ascent, by the longest and most
+difficult route, without the aid of a guide. Having wished Mr. Owen a
+hearty farewell, I commenced the ascent of Snowdon. Proceeding up the
+road towards the Pass of Llanberis so far as Pen-y-Pass, I branched off
+to the left, and soon came to Llyn Teyrn, thence taking the trackless
+mountain above Cwm Dyli, direct towards Llyn Glaslyn; and thence by a
+circuitous and difficult route, which a kind mountain miner showed me, to
+the highest point of the Mother of Hills.
+
+Although I found this route laborious, I was amply recompensed by
+beholding “scenes of extraordinary wildness and grandeur, over which
+solitude seemed to brood with undisturbed silence, scarcely ever broken
+by the wing of bird or the voice of melody.” In every direction
+prospects the most magnificent opened to view, and every crag and rock
+which I surmounted was furnished with objects of picturesque effect or
+deep and absorbing interest. From many a crag I looked down upon the
+cwms and deep dells beneath, and I fancied I could pick out here and
+there the very dingles to which our heroic ancestors were compelled to
+resort for protection, when pursued by numberless hosts of the enemy
+after they had sustained defeat. In these cwms they were, however, safe.
+Even proud and haughty Edward dared not follow the Britons to their
+mountain fastnesses. To them Snowdon had ever proved a kind and guardian
+angel: hence the reason why they fled thither in the hour of their
+defeat. No wonder, therefore, that they loved the old mountain deeply
+and passionately; and no wonder, too, that they composed songs to her
+honour and renown.
+
+When I attained the summit of the mountain, the sight presented to my
+view was awfully and majestically wild and grand. The whole circuit of
+the Snowdonian range was enveloped in a thick and dark mist, which was so
+dense that I fancied I could cut it with the finest edged tool. The
+howling of the winds in the cwms and dingles which run down the mountain
+on every side was really appalling. Indeed, the prospect was horrible to
+contemplate. It gave an idea, says a writer on the subject, of numbers
+of abysses concealed by a thick smoke furiously circulating around us.
+Now and then, however, a strong gust of wind created an opening in the
+mist, which, for a moment, gave me a magnificent prospect of sea and
+lake, of deep chasms, and high and lofty mountains, of almost fathomless
+dingles and ravines; while towns and hamlets appeared in the distance
+like small specks on the surface of the earth. But the prospect was only
+momentary. The clouds of mist which were rent asunder by the strong
+current of wind would, in the twinkling of an eye, again form and unite,
+and thus present a compact and complete whole, leaving me involved in a
+darkness that might be felt. In a minute it would again separate into a
+thousand parts, and fly in wild eddies up the gullies and dingles, thus
+affording me another opportunity of seeing the Isle of Mona, the mountain
+of Plynlimmon, Hell’s Mouth, the Iraeth Bach, and that magnificent bay
+which once formed the rich and fertile plain of Cantref-y-Gwaelod, with
+its sixteen fortified cities and towns, whose inhabitants met with a
+watery grave through the drunkenness of Seithenyn, who is styled in the
+“Triads” as one of the three notorious drunkards of the isle of Britain.
+Contemplating the scene so strange, yet so grand, the following lines of
+the poet Rogers struck me as extremely applicable to my then situation:—
+
+ “The morning air
+ Plays on my cheek, how gently, flinging round
+ A silvery gleam; and now the purple mists
+ Rise like a curtain; now the sun looks out,
+ Filling, o’erflowing with his glorious light,
+ This noble amphitheatre of hills.”
+
+After spending nearly two hours on the summit in gazing upon the wild,
+yet the grand and majestic scene presented to my view, I felt, as I had
+to walk to Pont Aberglaslyn, and back to Penygwryd, a distance of nearly
+twenty miles, that I dare not delay my departure longer; hence I made
+instant preparation to descend. I, however, left this Alpine top, and
+bade farewell to old Snowdon, with feelings of deep sorrow and poignant
+grief. On leaving this most prominent historic spot in the past history
+of my country, I could not but enter into the deep feeling of reverence
+with which my forefathers regarded this mountain and its adjacent hills,
+valleys, and plains. Thought I to myself, was it a wonder that they
+almost worshipped Yr Wyddfa? Indeed they had every reason for paying
+honour and homage to it. To them it had ever been a never-failing
+friend—a sure and safe retreat when they suffered and sustained defeat in
+battle. To them it afforded a rich and never-failing refuge, in which
+they lodged the young and the feeble and the non-combatants when they
+went forth to fight the common foe—the implacable enemies of their dear
+fatherland—foes and enemies, too, who were strangers to generosity, but
+who loved conquest for the sake of conquest, and who were alike
+indifferent to the sacrifice of human blood as they were to English
+treasures. When they followed our brave and heroic countrymen into the
+mountain fastnesses of Snowdon, they generally suffered terrible
+slaughter, and repented having left those fortresses and plains where
+they so much loved to dwell. Considering the many and the terrible
+disasters which befell their marches in its fastnesses, no wonder they
+preferred residing at some distance removed from so impregnable a refuge.
+To the Welsh warriors it had been a natural guardian angel: hence the
+reason why they loved it so deeply, so ardently, and with the whole
+passion of the soul.
+
+After I had descended some distance towards Beddgelert, I turned in order
+to take a parting farewell-look of this the mother of Cambrian mountains;
+and in viewing its high and lofty summit, now almost wholly enveloped in
+mist, I was forcibly struck with the wild, dreary, and boundless scene.
+From the point on which I stood this ancient hill appeared to be
+untrodden by human foot, and tenanted only by wandering sheep and goats,
+except the hoarse-croaking ravens. It was, indeed, sublime to stand, as
+I stood then, on that spot, and commune with solitude around—to gaze upon
+Snowdon and her manifold adjacent hills, slumbering calmly beneath me.
+With me there was no form, no human being, no living thing; but I
+rejoiced that there, amid this stupendous scene, I could commune freely
+and uninterruptedly with nature and nature’s God, and with the spirits of
+my brave and heroic forefathers, whose bones lie buried in that wild and
+dreary scene; and, as I finally parted from the scene, I sang the
+following well-known lines, and so my voice re-echoed through the dales
+and caverns:—
+
+ “Rest, ye brave dead, ’midst the hills of your sires.
+ Oh, who would not slumber when Freedom expires?
+ Lonely and voiceless your halls must remain,
+ The children of song may not breathe in the chain.”
+
+
+
+
+A STORY OF DUNRAVEN CASTLE IN THE OLDEN TIMES;
+OR,
+GOD’S JUDGMENT AGAINST WRECKERS.
+
+
+THE PROEM.
+
+
+On the southern coast of the county of Glamorgan, and situate at the back
+of a high rocky promontory commanding a magnificent view of the Bristol
+Channel, and just opposite the little sea-bathing village of
+Southerndown, which appears desolate amid its desolation, stands the
+modern Castle of Dunraven, which was built by the late Mr. Thomas
+Wyndham. This castle is erected on the site of a very ancient structure,
+which, in the olden times, was called Dindryfan. The old castle is in
+some respects the most interesting in the Principality. It was there one
+of Cambria’s greatest warriors and one of her purest patriots lived and
+reigned. Dunraven was the centre of those wonderful military movements
+which gained for their author wide-spread fame and imperishable renown.
+It was there that the great commander and war-tactician delivered those
+eloquent harangues, which not only inspired confidence in so great and
+skilful a leader, but also nerved the patriot’s arm, enabling his trusty
+followers to go forth to meet the foe fearlessly, courageously, and with
+a resolute resolve to conquer or to die for their country’s welfare and
+the independence of their fatherland. Caractacus, or as he is generally
+called by Cambrian writers, Caraddwg, was a great man and an illustrious
+warrior, celebrated no less for his heroism than for his many other
+virtues. Hence, when one visits Dunraven, the scenes of his childhood
+and riper years, one seems to imbibe his spirit, to be inspired with the
+highest admiration for his genius, and to feel the profoundest reverence
+for the man who, though vanquished in his encounter with the
+well-disciplined forces of Octavius yet was not ashamed—rather in it did
+he glory—after many years of exile from the land of his birth, of his
+love, and of his deepest and fondest affection, to return to the very
+scenes of his childhood and princely rule, in order to proclaim the good
+news of the gospel, the truths and glories of which he had learned and
+realized during his residence in the far-famed city of Rome.
+
+Subsequent to the death of Caraddwg, Dunraven continued to be the seat of
+the Reguli of Glamorgan until the Norman Conquest. When Robert
+Fitz-Hamon divided the country he and his armies had conquered, he
+assigned this castle and manor to William de Londres, who, in consequence
+of their worthless value, gave them to his butler, afterwards Sir Arnold
+Butler. When the male issue of the Butler family became extinct, the
+castle and manor fell to Walter Vaughan, who was a descendant of the
+female branch of the Butlers. It is to this person our story relates.
+Oh that his crimes had never been recorded by the pen of the historian!
+Oh that his life and its deeds of horror and loathing, which, when we
+contemplate, makes one’s blood run cold, had remained unwritten! As,
+however, these have been handed down to this distant age, I will
+endeavour to depict the scene, though I can form but a very dim and hazy
+conception of the barbarities and cruelties practised by that evil man in
+those distant times.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+_THE LOVERS_.
+
+
+It was a lovely autumn evening, when a young man and young woman might
+have been seen walking hand in hand along the carriage drive which led
+from the village of St. Bride’s to Dunraven Castle. The young man was in
+his usual buoyant and cheerful mood, happy and joyous, but his companion
+was pensive and sad. From childhood John ap William and Myfanwy
+Gwenllian had been companions. In childhood they had pledged themselves
+to be true to each other. In childhood they had walked together, day
+after day, either on the rocky headland below the village of
+Southerndown, or on the sands of Dunraven Bay, picking off the rocks
+flowers of various tints and hues, or gathering in the little haven or
+bay beautiful stones or pebbles, or seaweeds and shells. Besides, during
+those childish excursions they were often seen gazing on the ocean
+surges, or on the bright blue waves, now almost quiet and still, now
+dashing up in awful and appalling fury against the high and stupendous
+rocks surrounding the bay. Often, too, might they have been seen
+watching the ships as they sailed up and down the channel. John
+especially, loved the sea and its pebbly shore. He was never so happy as
+when, with his beloved Myfanwy, he was watching the tidal eddies, or
+viewing the frail barques as they rode so majestically o’er the briny
+waves, carrying in their laps, as it were, the merchandise and the wealth
+of the world—the products of the earth’s richest blessings from shore to
+shore and from clime to clime. John contemplated this scene as a
+Christian philosopher. He looked upon commerce between nation and nation
+and between peoples and peoples as one of the greatest agents in
+advancing the world’s civilization, as it necessarily carried to distant
+lands those products of industry which so much contribute towards the
+comfort and the material happiness and the general welfare of the race.
+But while he looked upon commercial enterprise as a channel through which
+material blessings might be conveyed, he moreover regarded it as tending
+directly to unite nation with nation, to realize and cement in the bonds
+of a holy brotherhood different races and separate nations and kingdoms;
+thus rendering war almost impossible. Happy would it be if the statesmen
+of the world would act up to these high principles!
+
+Besides, though John had never been from home—Bridgend being the furthest
+extent within the range of his geographical knowledge—nevertheless, from
+his reflection on the beneficial results flowing from commercial
+enterprise, and his strong passion for a roving life, and being,
+moreover, desirous to follow his father’s profession, who was commander
+of a merchant vessel, he had resolved, in his early years, to go to sea
+when he grew old enough, if a favourable opportunity offered itself.
+Myfanwy, however, used all her powers of argument and suasion with a view
+to prevent him from following so hazardous a calling; but without
+success. Upon a seafaring life he was resolved. To visit distant lands,
+and to behold strange peoples and countries, was the all-prevailing and
+the constant desire of his heart’s deepest emotion. Hence on attaining
+his thirteenth year, he was apprenticed to his father. When, however,
+the day arrived for leaving home, and for bidding adieu to his beloved
+mother and his darling Myfanwy, the grief he felt on parting with those
+he so deeply and tenderly loved, almost broke his heart. At last he tore
+himself from their embraces and fond caresses, and on the following day
+he joined his father’s ship at Bristol, which was even then a city of
+considerable commercial importance.
+
+As young ap William was a joyous and spirited boy, always full of fun and
+joviality, and was never so well pleased as when he collected around him
+a number of the sailors, and told them tales of other times, especially
+tales connected with the lives of the great warriors and heroes of his
+country he, in consequence, became a great favourite with his father’s
+crew, who loved him for his own and his father’s sake. During this time
+he did not, however, neglect his studies; nor was he lacking in acquiring
+a thorough knowledge of his profession. He studied navigation, paid
+great attention to charts; while in a short time he gained such an
+intimate acquaintance with the management of the vessel, that before two
+years elapsed the chief mate pronounced him to be the best and ablest
+sailor on board.
+
+Before he attained his eighteenth year he could steer and manage a vessel
+with any captain in the mercantile marine; and as the first mate then
+retired from the service, John was appointed, by the owners of the ship,
+as his successor, with a promise that on the first vacancy he should have
+the command of one of their largest vessels. During those years John had
+saved several hundred pounds. This sum his father invested in the
+purchase of a small freehold estate in his native parish, to which John
+intended to retire after he had saved enough to secure a sufficient
+competency for himself and his beloved Myfanwy. To that day he looked
+forward with feelings of longing anticipation. On that day he had often
+said he would forget the past, would recall to his mind neither sorrow
+nor human woes; but would for once live a day wholly devoted to pleasure
+and to joy, looking on from then to a still more bright and happy future.
+Alas! alas! how different often are results from our expectations.
+Weeping cometh in the morning as well as at night. When we are most bent
+on pleasure, when we fancy we are about to realize, according to our
+anticipations, its fullest fruition, a dark cloud, charged with mournful
+tidings, bursts on our head. The day on which he led Myfanwy to the
+altar was the day on which he himself became an orphan. Indeed, he had
+not left the churchyard before being apprised of the sad intelligence
+that a father whom he loved so much was now a mangled corpse. He went
+home to weep and to grieve, though he did not sorrow as one who had no
+hope.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+_A NOBLE RESOLVE NOBLY CARRIED OUT_.
+
+
+It was morning. Walter Vaughan and his heir were partaking of an early
+meal before going to the chase. Just previous to their departure,
+“faithful Evan,” as he was called by the neighbours, entered the hall,
+and handed his master a letter, which he received with a trembling hand.
+Mr. Vaughan hastily broke the seal, and commenced perusing its contents,
+but before he had concluded its perusal, he became as pale as death, he
+shook like an aspen leaf, and his hand trembled violently. The young
+lord, seeing his father’s distress and mental agony, became seriously
+alarmed, and, in a paroxysm of anguish and grief, exclaimed in weeping
+tones:—
+
+“Oh, father, my dear and fond parent! what is the matter? Are you ill?”
+
+“My boy,” replied the lord, “I am a ruined man!”
+
+“Ruined, did you say?”
+
+“Yes, completely and, I fear, irretrievably ruined.”
+
+“How, and by what means has so great a calamity befallen you?”
+
+“This I will explain in a few words. Some time ago I placed my affairs
+in the hands of an attorney, whom I then believed to be an honest man.
+He has, however, proved himself to be a faithless friend and an arrant
+rogue. This is his letter, in which he informs me that the lawsuit has
+been decided in favour of my opponent, who is my bitterest foe. This
+vagabond lawyer further tells me, that the costs are so enormous that I
+shall be compelled to sell my estates in order to meet the liability. He
+even doubts whether the castle and manor of Dunraven will realize
+sufficient, over and above the present encumbrance, to meet the debt.”
+
+“But you need not, dear father, dispose of the estate to satisfy the
+claims of these lawyers. There is the twenty thousand pounds my uncle
+left me in the bank. I will send an authority to the manager to pay you
+that sum. Surely, that will be sufficient to meet all claims.”
+
+“My dear and noble-hearted boy, it almost breaks my heart to be obliged
+to tell you that your money, even to the last shilling, has already been
+spent.”
+
+“Surely, you have not raised the whole of that sum?”
+
+“Yes, every penny has gone; and now, dear Walter, your patrimony in a few
+weeks will, I fear, become the possession of others.”
+
+“This is sad news, my father,” replied Walter junior. “It is, indeed, a
+terrible disaster. But don’t grieve. What’s done can’t be undone. I am
+resolved yet to redeem it, if time be granted me. I am now penniless;
+but I will make my own fortune. I will yet gain for myself a name and a
+rank which shall be equal to, if it does not surpass, that of my
+illustrious ancestors. Now being bereft of all, the poorest of the poor,
+and dependent upon my own powers and will, I will repair the ruin.”
+
+“By what means will you accomplish this, Walter?” inquired the father.
+
+“Oh, father, by means which are honourable; and by pursuits which lead to
+fortune. By work, by labour, by industry, by indomitable plodding, and
+by engaging in the calling of men who have thereby accumulated untold
+wealth, and are possessed of unbounded riches.”
+
+“I do not, my son, understand you. To what pursuit do you refer?”
+
+“To be plain, then, this is my resolve: to engage at once in commercial
+undertakings, thus following in the footsteps of my late lamented uncle.”
+
+“But, considering the position we occupy in society as the lords of
+Dunraven, for you to enter upon such an undertaking would be a
+degradation.”
+
+“But, father, is it not a greater degradation to be poor—to see our lands
+in the possession of others, to be provided with bread by the toil and
+labour of others—in short, to see men work, while we refuse to lift up a
+hand to help them, when we are dependent upon their industry?”
+
+“It is hard to do this, my noble boy; but to me it is still more painful
+to part with you.”
+
+“You, dear father, have ever been kind and indulgent to me. Believe me,
+for I speak from my heart of hearts, that to leave you, though it be but
+for a season, is to me a matter of deep sorrow. It is, however, a stern
+necessity that compels my departure. I shall, nevertheless, leave you,
+though with sadness, yet with a buoyant hope, destined, I doubt not to be
+realised, to return to the home of my fathers laden with gold. The
+prospect of that day will cheer me in my labour, will nerve my arm, and
+help me to surmount any difficulties which may pass athwart my path.”
+
+“God grant you success, my son, for which I will pray fervently during
+your forced absence. But whither will you go?”
+
+“I think, dear father, that I can secure immediate employment—an
+employment, too, which will in no way be degrading to me as your heir.
+Yesterday I received a letter from my old friend and companion, Mr.
+Jones, of Marseilles, who is one of the greatest merchants of that famous
+city, in which he has asked me to look out for a gentleman to act as
+confidential clerk. He further says, that if the right man secures the
+appointment, and proves to be one who can be trusted, with business
+habits, tact, and energy, he holds out the prospect of an advantageous
+partnership. As he is in immediate want of a young man possessing those
+qualities, which I fancy I possess, I will write him offering my
+services, which, considering my altered circumstances, I think he will
+only feel too proud to accept.”
+
+Young Walter was indeed just the kind of youth Mr. Jones wanted. He had
+received the best education which the Oxford of those times afforded. He
+had the bump of order largely developed. He was persevering,
+painstaking, energetic, and an indomitable plodder; whatever his hand
+found to do, he did it with all his might. Anything he undertook he
+would not give up until he had thoroughly mastered it. Moreover, he was
+thoroughly conscientious. In this virtue he followed his mother’s rather
+than his father’s family. Indeed, the old lord was regarded, and was
+justly considered, as an unprincipled, grasping, and unscrupulous man;
+and it was his greedy love of gold, and his insatiable thirst for larger
+possessions, which he sought to secure by unjust means and foul play,
+that had, in consequence of non-success, brought about his ruin. He had
+set up a claim to the heirship of another gentleman’s estate, though its
+owner’s ancestors were in its possession and enjoyment when Vaughan’s
+forefathers were menials. The court, happily, decided the suit in favour
+of the rightful owner, and to mark their sense of the wrong the lord of
+Dunraven intended doing, ordered him to pay the costs of ten years’
+litigation. It was this final decision of which his lawyer had apprised
+him in the letter previously alluded to. His son, on the other hand, was
+an upright and an honourable man, who would rather suffer wrong than do
+an unjust act. Mr. Jones was well aware of these noble qualities with
+which young Walter was endowed; hence, on the receipt of the letter
+offering his services, he wrote him a note full of kindly feeling and
+sympathy, and further pressing his old friend and correspondent to join
+him in London the following week, as he should be over in England for a
+few days on important matters connected with his business. On the
+receipt of this communication from Mr. Jones, young Walter commenced
+preparing for leaving home. At last the day arrived for his departure,
+and bidding his father an affectionate adieu, he went forth into the
+broad world, either to be carried on the tide which leads to fortune, or
+to sink beneath its devouring crests.
+
+On Walter’s arrival in London, his old friend and earliest companion was
+waiting at his hotel ready to receive him. His reception was most
+cordial on the part of Mr. Jones. After spending a few days in town,
+they took ship for Marseilles. On arriving at their destination, the
+heir of Dunraven was at once installed in office; and before a week had
+elapsed, his employer saw that he had secured a valuable acquisition to
+his establishment.
+
+After Mr. Vaughan had been in the establishment about six months, Mr.
+Jones came to the office one morning earlier than usual. Though none of
+the hands had arrived, he found to his surprise and joy his new clerk at
+the desk. “I am glad,” addressing Walter, “you are here, for I want to
+consult you on a matter of great importance. I have been debating with
+my junior partner,” continued Mr. Jones, “as to the wisdom or unwisdom of
+sending to the London market a new kind of silk, which a manufacturer has
+just introduced. He strongly opposes its purchase, while I, on the other
+hand, am convinced it is just the thing that will take. You are a good
+judge of quality and beauty, so give me your candid opinion as to whether
+it is wise or not to make a large or any purchase of this class of
+goods.”
+
+“I presume you will not require an immediate answer,” replied Walter.
+“If you will kindly give me an hour to think over it, I will then offer
+my opinion.”
+
+During that hour the young clerk was busily engaged in carefully
+examining the material with the aid of a powerful magnifying glass, and
+was struck with both the fineness of the texture and the beauty of its
+design. On the return of his principal, he said that, in his opinion,
+the silk was just the kind of goods which would command a ready sale in
+the London market, and strongly recommended that the whole stock should
+be bought up, and immediately shipped. Mr. Jones acted on the opinion,
+which turned out to be the most fortunate speculation in which he had
+ever engaged. The sum actually realized was £20,000, of this sum he
+presented the young clerk with £5000, and in addition offered—an offer
+which was gladly and gratefully accepted—a partnership in the business.
+After this, the house of Jones & Company rose higher and higher in the
+commercial world, and the annual profits of the business were so great,
+that at the expiration of the seven years of partnership the young lord
+of Dunraven had at his command a sufficient sum to pay off the
+incumbrance of the estate. To that effect he wrote his father, and on
+the receipt of the money, he called his creditors together and paid them
+their demands. The lord of Dunraven thus became once more a free and
+independent man; but, alas! he did not give up his calling, but, with new
+life and renewed energy pursued the mission of the Evil One: being
+constantly at the post of mischief, and with eager eyes and a longing
+heart, looking out on the stormy wavy channel for treasures which, by
+foul play, he was resolved to bring into his meshes. Prosper thou, lord
+of Dunraven, but in thy prosperity remember that the sword of justice is
+hovering over thy head, and in the midst of thy prosperity it will strike
+thee down. The day of vengeance tarries; but it will come, and when it
+arrives, oh, how terrible will be thy doom!
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+_THE ALLIANCE OF THE LORD OF DUNRAVEN WITH MAC THE DEVIL_, _AND SOME
+OFITS RESULTS_.
+
+
+It was about three years subsequent to the departure of the son and heir
+of Dunraven, that the old lord resolved to take into his service MacLean,
+_alias_ Mac the Devil. He knew that this man was a desperate character
+and a thorough daredevil, who neither feared God nor regarded man; in
+short, that for money and Scotch whisky, he would do the devil’s work
+according to his satanic majesty’s own special plan. There was no crime
+of which Mac was not guilty, but, by reason of the stealthy way in which
+he carried out his doings of iniquity, he always succeeded in avoiding
+detection. Though blood was on his hands, though he had robbed the
+fatherless, and murdered, for the sake of pelf, the innocent, yet he
+walked the earth with head erect as a guiltless person, little dreaming
+of the terrible doom awaiting him. However, his cup of iniquity was not
+yet full, though daily it was nearing the brim. He was in the act of
+planning some new crime when he received a message from the lord of
+Dunraven to attend him at the castle. Mac, with trembling hands and a
+sinking heart, at once attended to the commands of Mr. Vaughan, though,
+on his way there, he had many misgivings as to the prudence of the step
+he was taking. He, however, soon convinced himself that were he to
+disobey the summons he must quit for ever the neighbourhood, as he dare
+not confront the lord of Dunraven if guilty of disobedience to his
+lordship’s commands. To the castle, therefore, he repaired, and on his
+arrival he was ushered by the faithful Evan into the library, where Mr.
+Vaughan was awaiting him. On Mac’s entering he was requested to take a
+seat, when Mr. Vaughan, with a degree of sternness he seldom manifested,
+reproached him for leading a life so fraught with danger.
+
+“I do not, my lord,” said Mac, touching his head, “understand your
+meaning.”
+
+“Oh, you don’t, don’t you? If then I say you are deeply steeped in
+crime, that you are a murderer, a thief, a rogue, and a villain, should I
+not speak the truth, and would you not understand my charge?”
+
+“Saying so, and proving its truth, are, I ken, two very different things,
+my lord. You can’t prove that I am otherwise than an innocent man.”
+
+“Don’t you be too sure of that, Mac. Indeed, I already possess evidence,
+which, if necessary, can at any moment be produced, completely
+substantiating my charge; and, Mac, I have a great mind to produce that
+evidence to the authorities.”
+
+“You dare not do that, my lord,” replied Mac.
+
+“You scoundrel! dare you threaten me in my own castle? If you say
+another word, and use that language to me, I’ll send for the bum-bailiff
+at once, and, as a magistrate, order you into his custody.”
+
+“I say again, my lord, that you daren’t carry out your threat.”
+
+“Why daren’t I, I should be glad to know?”
+
+“Because if you were to do so I’d peach.”
+
+“You would do what, Mac?”
+
+“I’d peach; that is, I’d tell all about your lordship’s doings.”
+
+“Be d—d, you would?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+“But who would believe you, you scoundrel?”
+
+“Me they may not, my lord of Dunraven; but they’d believe the evidence of
+others.”
+
+“But can you or your friends, you vagabond, bear any evil testimony
+against me? I live in my own castle, and never mix with the world. It
+is well known to all around, that my life and my time is devoted to
+study, to the practice of virtue, and to acts of piety. Me they know as
+a model citizen and a Christian man and a gentleman. Therefore, my
+character would be proof against insinuations, or charges patched up by
+you or your hellish crew. You and your criminal companions might say,
+and even swear—you are capable of anything bad—you saw me in the act of
+committing a crime, but neither your word nor your oath would have any
+weight with those who know you, were the life of a dog only involved.”
+
+“Dinna you be too sure of that, my lord,” rejoined Mac; “I ken, and
+Squire Jones knows too, the sad fate of the ship _Bristol_, of the
+_Elizabeth_ of Swansea, and of the _City of Paris_. He and I know also
+by whose hands the false light was hung out on Dunraven Head, and by
+whose hands the captains and the crews were murdered—who afterwards
+seized the wrecks, who sent them to market to be sold, and who received
+the money. If I may be so bold, I could tell further that, within this
+castle, and in a cell beneath this room, there is a poor unfortunate man,
+who was put into an iron cage, and locked there by you,—the lord of
+Dunraven castle,—and that he is daily fed by crumbs from your table. If
+this man were free, he could tell a tale at which humanity would shudder.
+You, my lord, think I sleep with my eyes shut, that I tremble at sight of
+the sea, that I’m afraid of the darkness and the tempests; and you knew
+not that when those vessels went down, and when all the hands on board
+perished, except this poor man in the cage, I was near you, my lord,—even
+close by your side, though unperceived. Knowing these facts, I now dare
+you, my lord, to molest me or breathe a word injurious to my character.
+If you do so, I’ll peach, and I’ll take care that the lord of Dunraven
+shall be my fellow-prisoner. You have called me a scoundrel. Doesn’t
+that foul term apply equally to you, my lord? But your sin will yet find
+you out.”
+
+For these terrible revelations Mr. Vaughan was wholly unprepared. During
+their recital he shook as a man having the palsy. He uttered, too, the
+most awful imprecations, and cursed and swore like a man possessed of the
+devil. These, however, had no influence over the mind of the hard-headed
+and hard-hearted Scotchman, who continued his tale heedless of the
+foaming rage of Mr. Vaughan. _He_ never dreamt that his crimes were
+known to mortal, beyond the circle of his demoniac companions. He had so
+cautiously arranged his plans, and had carried them out so stealthily,
+that he fancied the knowledge of his rascality was confined to those
+desperadoes whom he had specially hired to carry out his nefarious
+designs. Now, however, his deeds were known not only to Mac, but to his
+great enemy, Squire Jones; thus the man whom he sought to rob of his
+rightful possessions was also cognizant of those deeds. Mr. Vaughan’s
+first thought, when Mac had finished his tale, was to take away, there
+and then, either his life or his liberty. But a moment’s reflection
+compelled him to hesitate in adopting so dangerous a course, as it was
+known in the village of Southerndown that Mac had been summoned to the
+castle. Considering the matter more seriously, he came to the conclusion
+that there was only one course open to him: namely, to take Mac into his
+service, and make him captain of the crew. By pursuing this course, he
+would completely shut the mouths of Mac’s friends, and by securing the
+services of so skilful and so daring a wrecker, richer and more abundant
+harvests might yet be reaped. Drawing himself to his full height, he
+said to his defiant visitor,—
+
+“I do not, Mac, admit your charges, and I say further that they are
+incapable of proof; but as I sustained so heavy a loss by law, and as
+drowning men will not stand on ceremony, but will accept the assistance
+of their bitterest foe when they feel themselves sinking beneath the
+devouring waves, I am therefore prepared to take you into my employ, and
+if you prove faithful to my interests and obedient to my orders, you may
+rise to wealth and to honour.”
+
+“But in what way, my lord, do you intend me to serve you?”
+
+“You know, Mac, your special calling, and not wholly unknown to me,—don’t
+be alarmed,—is the success which has followed your labours. Being under
+my protection, by being in my service, you may well look forward to still
+greater results. I need not say you are well aware that your present
+position is fraught with danger, and that one word from me would put a
+stop to your career. If your words be true, _our_ interests clash.
+Besides, Mac, the stealthy and criminal vagabond, prowling about in
+search of prey, is in a very different position to Mac, the servant of
+the lord of Dunraven. With that sentiment you agree, do you not?”
+
+“I must admit, my lord, you have put the case very clearly, and your
+reasons in favour of my accepting your offer are strong. I can’t
+withstand them, so I’ll say Aye to your proposal.”
+
+“You have acted like a man of sense, Mac, as I always took you to be.
+To-night, work will have to be done; so go home and tell Molly, your
+wife, of your engagement, and don’t fail to meet me at the Watch Tower at
+four o’clock.”
+
+No sooner had Mac left the castle to pay a visit to his wife, with a view
+to apprise her of his engagement, than Mr. Vaughan also took his
+departure, and immediately afterwards joined the watcher at the Tower,
+which was situate on the highest point of the promontory. On entering
+the observatory, he inquired for the result of the day’s observations,
+which, on being put into his hand, made him remark that matters did not
+look very bright.
+
+“When things are at the worst,” replied the watcher, “they generally
+mend. I think we shall have some work to do before to-morrow morning.”
+
+“Your reason for that opinion, my faithful Duncan.”
+
+“You see yonder flag hoisted on St. Donat’s Watch Tower? That flag has
+never yet deceived me. Depend upon it, it is the harbinger of good news.
+The wind, too, blows hard from the south, and, if I’m not mistaken, there
+will be a fearful gale before midnight, and the ships coming down channel
+must necessarily be driven towards our coast.”
+
+“Your information, my Duncan, is cheering: I, too, am bearer of good news
+to you. I have just engaged Mac the Devil, and shall appoint him to the
+office of captain of the beach and boatmen.”
+
+“I’m so glad you’ve taken my cousin into your service. Mac is a smart
+man, he is well up in the trade, he is fearless, and, what is still more
+important, will not stick at trifles in obtaining his end.”
+
+“You approve then, Duncan, of my arrangement?”
+
+“Most certainly, sir. In our line of business Mac has no equal. He has
+the strength of a giant, while he is a stranger to fear, and fortunately
+has no conscience. I never heard of his failure in accomplishing his
+object by fair means or foul. When he fails to thrash a dozen sailors
+with his fists, and to pitch them into the sea, he resorts to the pistol,
+which, in his hand, never misses in its aim. In our calling, my lord, I
+yield to none but Mac. He is my superior in everything, except in this
+observatory. Oh, were he here to-night! We shall want a man of his
+metal.”
+
+“This time your wish will be gratified. I expect Mac here every moment.
+Look, he’s coming down the road from Southerndown, in our direction. *
+* * Call up the men from the beach, Duncan; I wish them to be present
+when Mac arrives, so as to inform them of the appointment.”
+
+The men were duly summoned by the head watcher. On arriving at the
+tower, they stood in a row, in front of the entrance, to await their
+master’s commands. Presently he appeared, accompanied by Duncan and Mac,
+and, addressing his men, spoke of their fidelity to his interest, called
+their attention to the many splendid victories achieved over the enemy,
+of the rich laurels already reaped from wrecks, and, further, that there
+was the strongest ground for hoping that their past gains were but as a
+drop of the bucket to those they might expect to realize hereafter. “But
+your success,” said Mr. Vaughan, “will depend wholly upon yourselves.
+You must be united, there must be harmony in your ranks, hearty
+co-operation; while all must cheerfully bow to the order of the
+commander-in-chief. To that office I have selected a man after your own
+heart. You who are in favour of having Mac for your captain, hold up
+your hands.”
+
+To this request every hand was held up, whereupon Mac took his post at
+the head of the wreckers. They were then regaled with a liberal supply
+of whisky, and when each one had taken his fill they repaired again to
+the beach. No sooner, however, had they departed than there were seen
+coming down the channel two fine vessels. The wind now blew a frightful
+gale, raising up the waters into waves like mountains, on whose crests
+the ships were carried at their mercy. Everything appeared favourable to
+the wreckers. In the west the sun had declined. The shades of night
+were falling fast. Every minute the darkness thickened. The tempest
+increased in fury, while the roar of the ocean and the winds howling in
+the rocks and caverns around Dunraven Head, were most appalling.
+Notwithstanding the tempest, neither Mr. Vaughan nor Duncan moved from
+the spot of observation. As the vessels neared the point, the fatal
+light was placed in the tower. The captains of both ships now fully
+realised their danger: that there was no hope of saving either their
+ships or their own lives. The crews, too, were well aware of being on
+the enemy’s ground, and, informing their commanders of their
+apprehension, at once unanimously resolved, if they must perish by
+treachery so base and devilish, that others should also perish at their
+hands. On their ships being driven into the bay they heroically prepared
+themselves for the combat. Each one armed himself with a cutlass, and
+when the vessels were dashed against the rocks of Dunraven Head, they, as
+one man, leaped into the boiling surge, and swam for the shore. But in
+this heroic attempt to save their lives, several received severe
+injuries, while others sank to rise no more. However, the greater
+portion of them arrived safely on the beach, but no sooner had they
+landed than they saw, creeping along the shore, under the shelter of the
+rocks, a strong body of men well armed. The sailors, however, were in no
+way alarmed at the appearance of the enemy. Before quitting their
+vessels they were well aware that the lord of Dunraven was on the alert.
+Of this the light on the Watch Tower was a sufficient proof. Hence, when
+they saw the wreckers approaching they placed themselves on the
+defensive, and patiently awaited the attack. They had not long to wait,
+for the Dunraven men immediately came up and called upon the sailors to
+surrender. To that call, however, they paid no heed, but drawing out
+their daggers, fell with terrible force upon the wreckers, who, however,
+stood their ground manfully. The battle was a desperate one, while the
+slaughter was most appalling to witness. Many a brave man on both sides
+fell, mortally wounded. For a time the sailors had the best of the fray.
+Their arms were nerved, too, by the consideration that, if beaten, death
+would be the lot of each. Just, however, when they thought their victory
+was sure, there came up to the rescue of the wreckers their captain, who,
+with his own hand, killed six of the sailors. The work of butchery now
+commenced in earnest. One after another of the sailors fell, never to
+rise again. Indeed not one single man of their number survived to tell
+the tale. When the work of slaughter was completed, the captain ordered
+all the bodies to be carried to the adjoining cavern, where they were
+buried in a large chasm in the rock. After interring the dead, Mac and
+the survivors returned to the beach, and watched there for the morning
+dawn. During the night both vessels were broken to atoms by the fury of
+the waves, and as daylight appeared, the shore, for half a mile, was
+literally covered with articles of great value, which on being sold,
+realised a large sum.
+
+The deeds of that terrible night spread far and wide. The owners of the
+vessels and merchants pressed the Government to send down a special
+commission of inquiry. For several weeks these commissioners carried on
+their investigations; but, while collecting a large amount of evidence,
+yet in consequence of the absence of one witness, whose evidence was
+essential to bring the charge home to the lord of Dunraven, they failed
+in substantiating the case against Mr. Vaughan. A week subsequent to the
+departure of the commissioners, that witness was found; but he could tell
+no tale, being a mangled corpse. The body had been washed ashore near
+Porthcawl. The remains were those of Captain ap William, the father of
+John. The news of this discovery was at once carried to his widow, who
+was busily engaged in preparing her son’s wedding dinner when the
+messenger arrived. After breaking the fatal news to Mrs. ap William, the
+messenger continued his journey to the little village of St. Bride’s,
+and, going up to the church, he met at the porch the newly-married pair.
+To Captain John, as he was generally called, the messenger told his sad
+tale. Both John and his wife were deeply affected on being apprised of
+their bereavement. They returned to their home to weep and to mourn; so
+John’s bridal day, which he hoped would be a day of unclouded joy, proved
+to be one of sadness, of sorrow, and of death. He thus fully realized,
+by personal experience, the truth of the inspired saying, that we know
+not what a day may bring forth.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+_THE TERRIBLE DOOM_.
+
+
+During the progress of the inquiry into the circumstances connected with
+the wreck, every effort was made by the authorities to discover the
+whereabouts of those who were believed to be engaged in the affair; but
+those inquiries were, unfortunately, unattended with success. The usual
+haunts of the wreckers were repeatedly searched, their dwellings were
+watched, and even guarded night and day. The villages and the
+neighbouring hamlets were visited on several consecutive days, yet they
+failed to find a single individual able to afford any intelligence or
+information as to the hiding-place of the desperadoes. The non-success
+of these inquiries was considered as most singular, no less than
+inexplicable. On the morning following the sad occurrence, several of
+the wreckers, including Mac the Devil, had been seen on the beach below
+Dunraven Castle, but it appeared that no sooner had they completed the
+packing and loading of the treasures collected, than they all disappeared
+in a most sudden manner from view, and that disappearance was effected in
+a most unaccountable way. Whither they went, or how they left the beach,
+no one could tell. They were distinctly seen, and in a moment afterwards
+they were lost to view, as if the earth had opened and swallowed them up.
+
+Owing to their non-discovery, speculation was rife as to their probable
+hiding-place. Some thought it most likely that they were hidden in the
+cellars under Dunraven Castle; others contended that Mr. Vaughan was too
+shrewd a man to place them there, especially as he himself was suspected
+of participating in the battle, and that that suspicion might lead to an
+inquiry which might be followed up by a personal search. Others
+concluded that they had quitted the neighbourhood, and were hiding in the
+woods about Margam, or up the Ogmore Valley. There was one old gentleman
+who treated all these opinions with contempt. Every village and parish
+has its wise man, to whom, in an emergency, an appeal is made, and the
+old gentleman alluded to was the then wise man of Southerndown, as Hopkin
+Llewelyn is in our day. He gave it as his opinion, that the wreckers
+were neither in the woods of Ogmore Valley nor Margam, nor would they be
+found in the Dunraven cellars, but were still in the neighbourhood, and
+within the sound of their voices; in short, that they were hid in some
+subterraneous cavern in the bay, which had hitherto remained
+undiscovered, and hence was known only to the wreckers. He further
+predicted that as soon as the storm should blow over, by the departure of
+the commissioners, and the usual quietude of the locality assume its
+general aspect, the wreckers would again return to their old haunts,
+having Mac at their head; and would be then found wandering from point to
+point, having no special occupation, nor ostensible means of livelihood.
+The prediction of the village seer was verified to the letter. No sooner
+had the commissioners left than the wreckers did return, and they
+appeared at their place of rendezvous, the Cups, as if nothing had
+happened. Here they spent the morning of each day in drinking beer and
+whisky; and here they spent their money with as much prodigality as if
+they were the owners of gold mines. The landlord of the Cups received
+their money without even asking whether they came to it by honest or
+lawless means. When asked how he could be so lost to every sense of
+right as to accept money from men who certainly had earned it by being
+engaged in a nefarious calling, he replied that he was perfectly
+indifferent, and that it was no concern of his how they came by their
+silver and gold, so long as they paid him for what they drank. In this
+reply we recognise the true philosophy of the trade. Landlords, as a
+rule, care but little for the sorrows, the poverty, and the wants of
+their drinking clients and their families. They want to sell drink, and
+hence never for a moment reflect whether or not their customers can
+afford to spend a shilling, or as to the manner by means of which it was
+earned. He, of the Cups, was, in money matters, true to his calling; but
+we cannot commend the wisdom, or rather unwisdom, of the wreckers in
+spending their money at the old house, when the children of some of them
+wanted bread.
+
+On the morning following one of these carouses, Mac paid a visit to the
+tower to see his cousin Duncan. Though they had met several times since
+the day on which they came from their hiding-places, yet they had not
+been fortunate enough to secure an uninterrupted and unobserved
+conversation. To this both had anxiously looked forward. Fortunately,
+when Mac entered, ho found his cousin in the observatory alone. Placing
+his books and instruments on the table, Duncan turned his chair to the
+fire, and requested his visitor to be seated on the opposite side of the
+fire. As the kettle was boiling on the hob, the host prepared two pints
+of excellent whisky toddy, one of which he handed Mac, who, on sipping
+the mixture remarked that it was “capital stuff,” and moreover inquired
+of Duncan where he obtained it.
+
+“It came, Mac, from the old country; imported direct from the distiller.
+This is just the beverage for a stormy night, is it not, Mac?”
+
+“On _that night_ I’d have given a pound for a pint of toddy like this.”
+
+“By the bye, Mac,” said Duncan, “you did the thing very neatly that
+night.”
+
+“I’m obliged to you, cousin, for your good opinion. What did Mr. Vaughan
+say about our doings? He saw the whole scene.”
+
+“My lord said to me, that unless you had been present, all would have
+been lost, as the sailors up to the time you came up had the best of the
+battle.”
+
+“Mr. Vaughan was right there, Duncan. Had I not come up at the moment I
+did, every wrecker would have been a dead man.”
+
+“So my lord, who was on the rock above you, said.”
+
+“Oh, Duncan, it was a sad sight! I hope, cousin, I shall never be
+compelled to witness a similar scene.
+
+“It is a sickening and a degrading calling, this of ours, in which
+victory has no honour, and triumph no glory. While it is a merry life
+and profitable to those engaged in it, it is surrounded with scenes which
+are shocking to behold.”
+
+“As our master has such a large estate, Duncan, why does he carry on so
+hazardous and so dangerous a calling?”
+
+“The secret is this, he loves gold, and his heart is set on attaining
+riches; and to secure them he’ll take away any man’s life if it stands
+between him and the prize he covets.”
+
+“I should think he shook in his shoes when those men were down here. Was
+he not alarmed, Duncan?”
+
+“Our master was, Mac, certainly alarmed; but, take my word, he’ll go on
+just in the same way. He is just like the little animal which, when once
+it tastes the blood of its victim, never gives up pursuit until it has
+secured the prey. The lord of Dunraven will, in my opinion, continue
+wrecking until some great calamity befalls his house or his family.”
+
+The subsequent doings of Mr. Vaughan fully established the opinion of
+Duncan. Although he had been in imminent danger of having his crime
+discovered, yet, when those who conducted the inquiry had left the
+vicinity, the lord of Dunraven, with renewed energy and more resolute
+determination, carried on his nefarious calling. In each succeeding
+winter, vessels were wrecked in Dunraven Bay which had been decoyed
+thither by the false lights he had caused to be placed in the tower.
+From these wrecks he realized large sums. Had he been permitted to
+pursue his satanic designs for a few years longer, he would have become
+the richest man in the vale of Glamorgan.
+
+In consequence of the great losses ship-owners had sustained by reason of
+these wrecks, and the terror which the scenes of Dunraven had inspired,
+both owners and masters of vessels trading up and down the Bristol
+Channel were alarmed, and were in constant apprehensions lest they should
+experience the same disaster which had unhappily befallen so many of
+their brethren. Captain ap William, however, was not deterred from
+pursuing his seafaring calling by these disasters, though his wife,
+previously to his starting on every voyage, warned him of the danger of
+following so hazardous a pursuit. Yet, in spite of those warnings, and
+the urgent solicitations of his wife to remain at home, he continued
+going to sea.
+
+It was after one of these wrecks, when more than ordinary violence had
+been used by the men of Dunraven, that the captain and his wife were
+walking from St. Bride’s along the carriage way to Dunraven. This was
+their favourite walk, and it was, moreover, associated with many a happy
+scene in days of yore. After pursuing their walk for some time in
+silence, Mrs. ap William began to weep.
+
+“Why those tears, Myfanwy?” asked her husband.
+
+“I weep, John,” she replied, “in thought of the prospect of our
+separation. Oh, you will not leave me again, will you?”
+
+“Indeed, wife, I must.”
+
+“But where is the necessity for you to risk your life again? We have
+enough to keep us in independence and comfort.”
+
+“I have promised my employers to go on this one voyage.”
+
+“Can’t they get another captain to take charge of the ship?”
+
+“Doubtless they could, but they won’t trust every man with my vessel.”
+
+“Oh, I wish you would stay at home! Indeed, indeed, I fear, if you leave
+me, I shall never see you again. Last night I dreamt, and in my dream I
+fancied I saw your body being taken from the sea, your hair clotted, and
+your face covered with blood. Oh, I do fear, if you again leave me, I
+shall never see you alive!”
+
+“Do not be alarmed for my safety, Myfanwy. Life is as safe on the ocean
+as on the land. The same Providence watches over the seaman as the
+landsman. He being at the helm, He controlling and guiding the destiny
+of us all, will be my friend, even should danger threaten me. So cheer
+up, thou treasure of my heart, and since you are so urgent that I should
+give up my calling, I now promise that on my return from this one voyage
+I will remain at home.”
+
+“I can urge you no further, John. During your absence I’ll pray for your
+safe return.”
+
+The following morning Captain John ap William took his departure. He
+joined his ship at Bristol, and from that port he sailed for the city of
+Lisbon with a cargo of West of England goods. From thence he sailed to
+London, thence to Hamburg, and after several voyages between the two
+last-mentioned cities, chartered his ship to the Mediterranean, and took
+a valuable cargo at Marseilles for Bristol.
+
+During her husband’s absence, Myfanwy felt constant anxiety on his
+behalf, an anxiety intensified owing to the sad havoc among shipping at
+Dunraven Bay. As it was now winter, her feeling of apprehension
+increased in intensity, as she daily expected his return. October had
+come and gone, but he had not returned, nor had she received, for several
+weeks, a letter from him. November had come in more than usually stormy.
+All over the country trees had been uprooted, houses were blown down, and
+on the rocks above Dunraven Bay, and below Southerndown, the winds were
+so terrible that persons were in the imminent risk of being blown over if
+they went within even fifty yards of the precipice. On Friday morning
+the hurricane increased in its fury. As the evening approached, the
+storm became fearful, while the tumultuous waves increased in violence,
+foaming, then wildly raving, then receding in circling eddies for awhile,
+into their gloomy bosom; then, again, returning with renewed force and
+augmented fury. Upon their tumultuous and angry surges a large vessel,
+heavily laden, was being driven towards the bay of Dunraven by the fierce
+tempest. If that fine ship, which bore on her bosom the rich merchandise
+of continental skill and industry, be dashed against the desperate
+assemblage of rocks, crags, and shoals surrounding the bay—imagination
+with its utmost stretch could form but a very imperfect idea of so
+direful and so appalling a spectacle. As the villagers gazed upon the
+tumultuous billows, they saw the ship, which had battled many a stormy
+breeze, uplifted on the briny surge, then plunging headlong down the
+repelling rock. In that terrible collision, a hole nearly three feet
+square, was made in the bottom, through which the sea rushed in with
+terrible force, on which she began to sink. When this was discovered,
+the crew, in wild despair, called to the men on the beach to come and
+help them. They, however, moved not, but waited the issue with the most
+stolid indifference. Amid that cry of despairing anguish the sea rolled
+in with increased violence and fury, the waves dashing over the
+fast-sinking ship, and carrying along with them the unfortunate crew.
+Presently there was seen clinging to a frail board a young man, comely in
+form and handsomely dressed. Having fastened himself to this, the
+wreckers heard him beseeching them, in most piteous cries to come and
+help him. However, to that cry no attention was paid. Seeing this, he,
+with a voice which moved even the hard hearts of the wreckers, called
+out, “Oh, my father, my father! if you love your son, who has been a
+dutiful and a faithful son to you—if there be in your bosom any affection
+for him who has only lived to promote your welfare and interest; who, in
+your declining years, has laboured and striven, and thereby has succeeded
+in redeeming the manor of Dunraven from its heavy incumbrance—send the
+men to save me from a watery grave!” That cry the lord of Dunraven
+heard. It pierced his very soul. His countenance was marked with
+anguish, blended with despair. All he could say was, “It is my own son
+Walter, and I have caused his death!” He then fell down in a fit. When
+the wreckers heard their master’s exclamation they, as one man, took to
+the sea. Towards the drowning man they pressed forward with great
+energy, and at last succeeded in touching the frail board. At that
+moment there was a terrible sea, which, in receding, carried away the
+young lord of Dunraven and the whole of the wreckers, except Mac the
+Devil, who succeeded in gaining the shore. The Lord of Dunraven, when he
+recovered from the swoon, learned all that had happened, even of his
+son’s death. From that night Mr. Vaughan was never seen at Dunraven
+Castle. He went forth, bowed down with age and with sin, a wandering
+ghost, seeking rest but finding none. No one ever heard that he was
+sorry on account of the crimes he had committed against heaven and earth.
+In a few years afterwards news came to Wales that in an encounter with a
+highwayman, in the North of England, the once great lord of Dunraven was
+slain, and his body was thrown over the rocks into the sea. In his
+pockets were found papers which led to his identification. As his money
+had been taken by the robber, he was buried at the expense of the parish
+in which his body was found. Such was the life and such the end of a man
+who sought riches by robbery, and gold by the sacrifice of human life.
+Indeed, he lived a miserable life, and died a miserable death.
+
+As regards the other persons of this history but little remains to be
+told. Mac, on that night, disappeared from the scene. But every nook
+and corner of the coast was watched and carefully guarded night and day.
+The people of the neighbourhood expressed their confidence that Mac was
+still in the locality, in his old hiding-place. After watching for a
+fortnight, during which there were no signs of his appearance, they were
+almost persuaded to give up the affair. However, they resolved still to
+continue guarding the coast for another week. The day before that week
+expired, one of the watchers saw in the sea, coming out from between two
+rocks, a man diving. Evidently he had come from some subterranean
+cavern, with an outlet under the water. This man was Mac the Devil. He
+was there and then taken, and lodged in gaol. At the following assizes
+he was found guilty of murder and was condemned to die. Before his death
+he confessed all, and left behind him a record of his exploits, and a
+detailed account of his connection with the lord of Dunraven. Before
+that record was read, Mr. Vaughan had breathed his last.
+
+But what became of Captain John? It was his vessel that went down, and
+it was young Vaughan’s cargo with which she was laden. On the morning
+subsequent to the wreck he was found on the seashore in Dunraven Bay,
+with his body much bruised, and his face covered with blood. He was,
+however, still alive, and thanks to the careful nursing of his wife and
+medical skill, he soon recovered, and gave up going to sea. Ever
+afterwards he lived at home. He became an excellent farmer, and saved
+money. He lived to a good old age, and left behind a numerous family,
+who were as distinguished for their virtue as they were for their
+industry. In this world he moreover lived as he wished to die, leaving
+behind him a pattern of religiousness which his children, and their
+children after them, followed. Thus, while the end of the good captain
+was happy and peaceful, that of the lord of Dunraven was full of anguish,
+while he met with a doom which it is terrible to contemplate.
+
+
+
+
+PARSON JONES,
+AND HIS CONQUESTS OVER THE ARCH-FIEND OF PANDEMONIUM.
+
+
+[The following strange stories of Cambrian life contain not an _ideal_
+but a _real_ picture of society in days of yore. For obvious reasons,
+some of the names of the _dramatis personæ_ are not given, but the family
+of Jones being so large, _the man_ will not be recognised by the
+retention of the name he actually bore. Further, it is believed that the
+whole of his relations are dead. He had two nieces that survived him,
+who on his death were by no means _young ladies_. They then quitted
+Wales, never more to return. One more word only need be added, namely,
+that Mr. Jones’s fame as a preacher was universal, and the belief that he
+had power over Satan was firmly entertained by all, though he himself
+repudiated the possession of such power. Mr. Jones lived to nearly a
+hundred years of age, and died about thirty years ago.]
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Hail! all hail! to thee, thou illustrious dead! Though thy spirit has
+long since left the regions of earth, and has passed into the _Gwlad
+well_, yet thy memory is fresh and green, and thy deeds of charity, thy
+unassuming piety, thy faithful preaching of the Cross, thy example of
+saintly resignation, as well as thy holy sanctitude, still live in the
+hearts and memories of those who were privileged to listen, sabbath after
+sabbath, to the glorious truths which fell from thy lips, and who,
+moreover, were permitted to gaze upon and witness the holy ripening of
+thy nature for a bright and a glorious immortality. Of thee might it be
+truly said, that thy enemies were few, and thy friends and well-wishers
+legion. The reason of this was obvious. While others laboured for
+earthly honour and a perishable renown, the aspiration and desire of thy
+soul was to do the work of Him in whose armour thou wast clothed, and to
+be recognised, and honoured, and acknowledged of thy Father at the
+Judgment of the Great Day. Thy departure to that better land was to thee
+a happy departure. On thy spirit leaving its tabernacle of clay, it took
+its flight, amid the songs of angelic choirs, to that world wherein the
+Lamb shall ever lead it to perennial springs and fountains of
+blessedness, and where every tear shall be wiped away by the Redeemer.
+But though the change to thee was a welcome one, oh, how _un_welcome was
+it to thy sorrowing children on earth, who were left behind in the
+wilderness! Though many, many years have passed away since the day of
+thy departure to join the choirs above, during which I have mixed much
+with the busy world,—have seen the upheaving of peoples, revolution
+following revolution, and have witnessed parts of Europe deluged with the
+blood of some of its best and most patriotic sons,—yet I well remember,
+as if it were but as yesterday, the sorrowful tidings of thy death, when
+all joined in saying, “That a prince and a great man had that day fallen
+in Israel.” Nevertheless, amid our pensive sorrow and grief, which
+almost rent many a stout heart; all were yet cheered and solaced with the
+thought, that though the dark cloud of the future obscured our vision,
+preventing our beholding the face of the dear departed, nevertheless he
+was reposing joyfully in the eternal sunshine, and reclining on the bosom
+of his Lord.
+
+Now, though Parson Jones was a good and holy man, yet young and old, rich
+and poor, the youth in his teens as well as those over whose heads
+seventy summers had passed, not only admitted, but actually declared,
+that he was a strange mortal. His life and character were to them an
+enigma. While the outward—the rational man—was clear and plain, yet the
+inner life—the hidden and mysterious workings of the intellectual and
+spiritual man—was above their comprehension and beyond their ken. Though
+they owned that their beloved pastor held communion with Heaven, yet many
+affirmed, and positively believed, that he had constant intercourse with
+the Evil One. Though they devoutly entertained the opinion that he held
+uninterrupted converse with Him who was the desire of all nations, yet
+they clung to the opinion that he had fellowship with him who reigns over
+the abode of woe. While they believed that their dear friend possessed
+that faith by which mountains are removed, and by means of which the
+rolling and angry billows are hushed into calm repose on the bosom of the
+vast and mighty deep, nevertheless, the tale went from cottage to
+cottage, and from hamlet to hamlet, and was told and retold, with deep
+seriousness, in high and in low places, that Parson Jones could raise and
+lay the devil. And if legions of ministering angels hovered round his
+path, imparting to him comfort, solace, and joy, it was almost
+universally believed that he had consultations with the grim spirits of
+the nethermost regions. Hence they concluded that he was not only
+all-powerful with Heaven, but that Satan himself, with all his servants
+and allies, would fly at his bidding. In consequence of this belief,
+Parson Jones had, at his parsonage, a constant succession of visitors.
+If the busy housewife was unsuccessful in her churning, Parson Jones must
+be at once consulted, as he only, in the vicinity, had power to break the
+spell, and drive to their place those evil spirits which interfered with
+the beneficial operations of mankind. If the farmer found his cattle
+ailing, of course the good parson’s advice was at once sought, which in
+all case was readily obtained, the belief being that he only in that
+neighbourhood could counteract and overcome the evil influence of the
+witches, who, by their malevolence and wicked arts, sought to bring
+destruction and ruin upon him and his household. Again, if a house in
+the locality were haunted, the sleepers being awakened from their
+slumbers of the night by unearthly cries, by groans and terrible noises,
+we need hardly say the good vicar was sent for; and after one of his
+visits, the simple-hearted people of the troubled dwelling believed, and
+positively affirmed, that he had put his imperial Satanic majesty in his
+snuff-box! And from that night their home was never disturbed by the
+presence of a spiritual visitor, and they congratulated themselves on
+having permanently got rid of the disturber of their peace and repose,
+feeling certain that the possessor of the snuff-box would see to it that
+the lid would be kept securely fastened. These acts of Parson Jones were
+not done in a corner; hence the news of his victory over the Evil One
+spread far and wide; but while a few gave no credence to the tales that
+were told, yet the people—the masses, both rich and poor, the wise and
+the unlearned—believed in the stories which were told of the good vicar’s
+doings.
+
+As my father’s residence was adjacent to the vicarage, as he and the
+worthy parson were sworn friends, and as the latter had a strong personal
+liking to me, as also a deep interest in my future welfare and prospects,
+I having on several occasions acquainted him with my strong aversion to
+my father’s pursuits, and that I intended to seek my fortune in the wide,
+wide world—these and other matters brought me into frequent contact with
+our common friend, at whose house I was a constant and ever welcome
+visitor. There was, however, another reason why I was so often found at
+his hospitable dwelling, which, in passing, I will just mention. From my
+earliest school days I had imbibed a strong thirst for knowledge, while
+the sciences of astronomy, algebra, Euclid, and trigonometry, had for me
+peculiar, and I might add, fascinating charms. In pursuing those
+studies, however, I often met with difficulties, which, unaided, and
+without the assistance of a teacher, I failed to overcome. The good
+parson being well informed of my pursuits, and being anxious to render me
+all the assistance in his power, arranged that I was to spend every
+Monday evening at his residence, where, in his study, he would quietly
+explain the problems and calculations I had failed to solve. As a
+teacher he was so successful that, after going quietly over my
+calculations, and explaining where I had gone wrong, he invariably
+managed to make the whole matter as clear to my perception as that two
+and two make four.
+
+Mr. Jones was deeply read in the science of astronomy, and on his
+perceiving that I was weekly making considerable progress in a science he
+so deeply loved,—a science, too, which he regarded as more sublime than
+any other, inasmuch as it proclaimed the power, the wisdom, and the
+greatness of Him who binds the sweet influences of the Pleiades and
+loosens the bands of Orion, who can bring forth Mazzaroth in his season
+and guides Arcturus with his sons,—it was no wonder, considering the
+identity of our common feeling and inclination, that I became a nightly
+visitor at the parsonage. During those visits I learned much respecting
+other branches of knowledge with which, previously, I was but little
+acquainted. Thus, wide fields of human knowledge appeared to open before
+me, the possession of which was the deep aspiration of my soul.
+
+But I must own that my visits to the parsonage afforded me an interest
+beyond that of scientific and literary pursuits. Night after night there
+were other visitors at the good man’s house, who came there to tell tales
+about apparitions, ghosts, the doings of the witches, and the various
+forms in which his imperial majesty of Pandemonium had appeared to them.
+To these marvellous stories I always listened with deep interest, as from
+my youngest days I had been taught by my nurse to believe in the
+existence of ghosts. The people of the neighbourhood believed that the
+parson had power over the evil spirits when they troubled men, hence the
+reason of his assistance having been so frequently sought. Many a tale I
+have heard in the vicar’s little study; but for the present I shall only
+record the following strange stories.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+It was a stormy night in the month of January, when I was with Mr. Jones
+in his study. After sitting there some time, over a problem in the Sixth
+Book of Euclid, the door gently opened, and in walked Mrs. Lloyd, the
+wife of a neighbouring farmer, who, at the request of Mr. Jones, took a
+seat by the fire. When she entered the room I observed that she was
+deeply agitated, the cause of which we soon learnt. As soon as she had
+warmed herself and dried her garments, my friend and benefactor, in the
+kindest possible way, asked the reason of her having come out on so
+stormy and so boisterous a night.
+
+“I’m kum to see yoo, Mr. Jones,” she said, “and to tell yoo the sad
+calamity which has happened at our house.”
+
+“I hope Mr. Lloyd is not ill?”
+
+“Oh no, parson; leastwise he was well in body when I left whome, but
+sorely troubled in mind.”
+
+“What is the matter, my good friend?” inquired Mr. Jones.
+
+“Oh, sir! it’s too dreadful. I kunna tell yoo. I s’pose I must, for I’m
+kum here on purpose.”
+
+“Unless you tell me the cause of your trouble, ma’am, I cannot give you
+advice.”
+
+“You know, parson, Moll McGee, of Cwmdu, dunna yoo?”
+
+“Yes, ma’am; I know that person very well.”
+
+“Yoo know, dunna yoo, Mr. Jones, that she’s a witch.”
+
+“She is so reported, Mrs. Lloyd; but you must not believe all you hear.”
+
+“But, yoo do know very well she’s a real witch, so dunna yoo deny it.”
+
+“I have no personal knowledge of the fact, ma’am,” replied the good
+parson; “I have always found her a harmless and inoffensive woman, though
+some persons say she has put her mark on certain families.”
+
+“I should think she has, indeed; so dunna yoo think she ought to be
+hanged and quartered, and her body and bones, and her heart and liver,
+burned by the common hangman, for causing so much trouble and loss to
+poor and innocent folks?”
+
+“Surely she has not paid you a visit, has she?”
+
+“She ha, though; and, what is worse, she has spoiled a beautiful churning
+of milk, and killed our pony, which Lloyd was offered thirty pounds for
+at last May fair.”
+
+“I am sorry to hear this of Mrs. McGee,” observed Mr. Jones; “but, my
+dear madam, when and how did this happen?”
+
+“When my daughter Mary was churning on Wednesday morning, who should kum
+up to the dairy door but Moll the witch. She sez, sez she, ‘Will you
+give me some buttermilk, Mrs. Lloyd?’
+
+“‘No,’ sez I; ‘I’ve no buttermilk to spare.’
+
+“‘But yoo must,’ sez she, ‘give me some.’
+
+“‘I have sed the word, Mrs. McGee, that I’ve none to spare; and if I had,
+you shudna have any.’
+
+“‘Why?’ sez she.
+
+“‘Why,’ sez I; ‘because yoo are a bad woman.’
+
+“‘You had better give me som,’ sez she agen; ‘for if you won’t it ’ul be
+the worse for yoo.’
+
+“‘What will yoo do, Mary?’ sez I.
+
+“‘I’ll mark yore cattle,’ sez she, ‘and I’ll _leave_ the mark there too,
+for your hard-heartedness.’
+
+“‘Then,’ replied I, ‘I won’t give yoo milk. Yoo’ll witch my things, will
+yoo? Do thy worst Moll,’ sez I, ‘for I dunna fear thee.’
+
+“‘Then,’ sez she, ‘may yur milk never turn into butter, may yur cows
+cease to give yoo milk, and may yoo find some of yur beasts in the black
+quarry before another week’s gone, and may the curse of Mary of the Black
+Dingle ever follow yoo and yours.’
+
+“The old hag, when she finished her curse, turned upon her heel, and in a
+moment afterwards my daughter and me saw her going through the gate in
+the form of a large black monkey. After she left, we continued to churn
+away with all our might and main, but the butter wouldna come, and since
+that day the cows have refused to give us any milk.”
+
+“But what about the pony, Mrs. Lloyd?”
+
+“Oh, I had almost forgotten to tell yoo about that. Well, last night, as
+Lloyd was coming whome from the fields, he saw a black monkey on the back
+of the pony. The brute was urging the poor creature forward by sticking
+her devilish claws in the pony’s side. And will yoo believe it—God ha’
+mercy upon us! for we live in strange times,—the monkey drove the pony
+straight for the quarry. Lloyd saw her fall over the rock, and running
+up to the edge of the quarry, saw the poor creature dashed to atoms at
+the bottom, and Moll standing by grinning. But p’raps yoo wunna believe
+the truth of my story, but it is as true as I’m a Christian woman.”
+
+“Indeed, Mrs. Lloyd,” replied Mr. Jones with great firmness, “I don’t
+believe that Mary McGee, or any mortal, possesses the power which you
+evidently believe she does possess. Heaven has not delegated to sinful
+mortal, nor even to any of His creatures, power to inflict injury
+affecting life or limb upon any of the creatures He has made, and by
+whose power and goodness they are sustained.”
+
+“Yoo are a learned man, and I’m no scholard, tho’ I kun read my Bible,
+thank God! and that book tells me that evil spirits did enter into man
+and beast; and parson, yoo cunna make me believe that the arch-fiend has
+not entered into the heart of that woman.”
+
+“Oh! don’t, I beseech you, my friend, give too much credence to idle
+tales and silly talk; and pray don’t believe that she is the real cause
+of, and the instrument by which, this affliction has come upon you. If
+you were to sift thoroughly the evidence respecting Mary’s malpractices,
+you would discover, in the end, that the whole is based upon hearsay, and
+on the inventions of persons who might have fancied it possible for such
+things to exist.”
+
+“Mr. Jones, Mr. Jones,” replied Mrs. Lloyd, “these tales are not idle
+invention; I wish they was. But as true as God made Llandegley Rocks,
+and I s’pose He made them, my cows wanna give no milk, and the cream
+wunna turn to butter, churn as much as we will; and it’s a fact ’bout the
+old hag and our pony, as Lloyd witnessed the whole matter. I believe,
+and Lloyd believes, and my daughter believes it too, that our calamities
+are the result of the evil influences of this witch, who has been
+practising upon our creatures her infernal and malignant arts. I have
+now told you my tale, parson, and I want your advice.”
+
+“What do you wish me to do, Mrs. Lloyd?”
+
+“Oh, sir! there is only one thing yoo can do.”
+
+“What is that, my friend?”
+
+“What is that, yoo ask? Ye know very well. Why, break the spell, to be
+sure. Until that’s done we shall neither have butter nor milk, and then
+how shall we be able to pay our rent?”
+
+“Indeed, ma’am, I don’t see how I can assist you. Oh, I do wish you
+would not place any faith in this woman’s power.”
+
+“I cunna help it, Mr. Jones. But I do believe this, that yoo can master
+her, and yoo only. I know yoo have power over these evil spirits and
+witches, but especially over Moll McGee.”
+
+“Why do you think so, ma’am?”
+
+“Oh,” replied Mrs. Lloyd, “she’s afeared of yoo. Indeed, she said she
+was afeared of yoo; and no wonder, for we know very well that yoo can
+master her master—the great fiend himself.”
+
+“Pray, Mrs. Lloyd,” remarked the vicar, “don’t for a moment entertain the
+belief that such power belongeth to man, nor that I, one of the most
+sinful of God’s creatures, have authority over the ruler of darkness.
+However, as your cattle are afflicted, I will step up in the morning, and
+examine them.”
+
+“I’m so thankful to yoo, Misther Jones, for your kindness. I shall now
+go whome with a lighter heart than I came, for I know you will break the
+witch’s spell.”
+
+I thought Mr. Jones would give her a lecture about her faith in his
+power. However, for this she waited not; for on securing his promise she
+rose from her chair, and took her departure, wishing us both a hearty
+good-night.
+
+In about a quarter of an hour after Mrs. Lloyd had left, who should walk
+into the study but Mrs. McGee, who took possession of Mrs. Lloyd’s seat
+without any invitation from the vicar. When she had made herself
+comfortable before the blazing fire of wood on the hearth, Mr. Jones
+addressed her:—
+
+“Why are you out so late to-night, Molly?”
+
+“I’ve come to speak with you on business.”
+
+“But it is rather late for business now. Why did you not come earlier?”
+
+“I couldn’t do so.”
+
+“Why?”
+
+“Because Mrs. Lloyd had not visited you till to-night.”
+
+“But what had her visit to do with you?”
+
+“Everything; ’cause she come to tell you a tale ’bout me.”
+
+“I fear, Molly, she has a very just cause of complaint, against you
+especially, if reports be true.”
+
+“Bad luck to her, and all she has, Mr. Jones!”
+
+“Withdraw that word this moment, Molly; or,” his piercing eye being fixed
+on the woman, which appeared to enter her soul, “I must use my power—that
+is, I must request you to leave my house this instant.”
+
+“But don’t you think she was a hard-hearted woman not to give a poor body
+a dhrop of buttermilk?”
+
+“I can’t say that, Molly; but if she be hard-hearted, there is no reason
+why any one should wish her ill. I must, therefore, insist on your
+withdrawing your wish.”
+
+“If I do so, Mister Jones, it wonnot be for her, but for your sake, who
+has always been kind to me.”
+
+“You have spoken like a sensible woman, Molly. I have one more request
+to make, Mrs. McGee; that is, promise me you won’t go near Mrs. Lloyd
+again.”
+
+“Dear-a-me, you are a strange mon, parson. Between you an’ me and the
+post, I’ve no wish to go near the likes of her, as she has no pity on a
+poor starving woman.”
+
+“As you have now promised me not to go near Mrs. Lloyd, just go into the
+kitchen and get some supper, and make haste home, for it is getting
+late.”
+
+When Mrs. McGee left us, I also left to depart. On the ensuing afternoon
+I was informed, that before daylight next morning, Mr. Jones, before the
+family were up, had paid a visit to Mrs. Lloyd’s cow-house, and had given
+to each beast a small ball made up of herbs. When these were swallowed
+the cattle appeared scarcely able to contain themselves for delight. Mr.
+Jones saw by their appearance that his medicine (?) had proved
+successful; so calling up the family, he informed them that the spell was
+broken. The cows no longer refused to give milk, and Mrs. Lloyd even
+declared that it was superior in quality to what she previously had.
+Subsequently, she experienced no difficulty in her churning operations.
+The fame of Mr. Jones spread, in consequence, far and wide, and,
+unfortunately for his own peace and comfort, applications to him for
+assistance, when the witches had afflicted man or beast, became
+incessant.
+
+
+
+PARSON JONES’S TALE OF NAT THE SMITH AND THE THREE WISHES.
+
+
+It was a dreary night in the month of December when there sat in the
+chimney-corner of the Jolly Fiddler—which, as you know, is the chief
+public-house in the little village of Nantglyn—Nat the smith. Nat, as
+you are aware, is a real good fellow, and a hard-working man, but,
+unfortunately, he is terribly fond of his beer. I have been told that he
+has spent a little fortune at the Jolly Fiddler, and I can well believe
+it, for he pays nightly visits to the house, which he never leaves until
+he has had two quarts of ale; and I fear that latterly he has not
+confined himself to that quantity. However, I am anticipating this part
+of my story, and must first narrate, as succinctly as possible, the
+incidents of Nat’s life during the past seven years. Besides, I am
+anxious to finish telling you the story to-night, though I am not sure I
+can complete it, as there is a gap in the history of my friend Nat which
+has not yet been made up. With the above remarks by way of introduction,
+we will now go back to the dreary night of December already alluded to.
+
+After Nat had sat for some time in the chimney-corner at the Jolly
+Fiddler, he called out to the landlord,—
+
+“Another quart, Bill; and mind it’s from the barrel in the corner.”
+
+“All right, Nat,” replied the landlord; “you shall ha’ a quart of the
+best.”
+
+“Here’s the sixpence, Bill,” said Nat, when the ale was placed before him
+on the table; “and, upon my soul, I’ve not another copper left.”
+
+“Never mind about the money, Nat; I’ll trust you for as much as you like
+to drink.”
+
+“Thee knows, Will, I never allow scoring for beer. Ready money or no
+ale, is my motto.”
+
+“And a good motto it is, Nat. Oh, I wish all my customers was like you;
+for if they was, I should have no fear of being marched off to Lunnun
+(London) to be whitewashed.” (A provincialism implying the passing the
+Bankruptcy Court.)
+
+“There is no danger of me going up there, Will,” rejoined Nat. “’Cause
+why, no one will trust me.”
+
+“Dunna thee say that, Nat; for thee knows very well that I’ll trust
+thee.”
+
+“Trust or no trust, Will, here goes,” and putting the jug of foaming ale
+to his mouth he drank a good draught; and then smacking his lips, said,
+“Upon my word, this is the real ‘cwrw da.’ A quart of this is worth a
+gallon of the last brewing.”
+
+“So it ought to be, Nat; for I put four bushels of best malt to this
+barrel in the corner.”
+
+“There’s no mistake, Bill, about its strength; and between us, as old
+friends, my only fear is that I shall not be able to get my fair
+allowance of it.”
+
+“Oh! of that you need not be afraid, Nat; ’cause why, I only give this
+beer to my constant and my very best customers, and—”
+
+“Of which I am one, I s’pose you was going to say.”
+
+“And if I had said so, Nat, I should ha’ spoken the literal truth.”
+
+During the above conversation a gentleman, unperceived by the landlord
+and his best customer, entered the kitchen of the Jolly Fiddler. He was
+clad in a suit of black, over which he wore a long cloak of invisible
+green, the bottom of which trailed on the ground. He had on his head a
+felt wideawake, which was so inclined in front that his eyes were not
+perceptible, while the rest of his face was shut from view by an immense
+quantity of long, smooth, glossy hair, which descended over and below his
+shoulders. He had entered the kitchen of the Jolly Fiddler silently, and
+taking up a position between the door and chimney-corner in which the
+smith was sitting, and at the landlord’s back, his presence was
+unperceived by both. On that spot he had stood during the conversation
+between Nat and Bill, to which he had listened with great attention.
+When the landlord turned away from his friend Nat, to attend to the
+duties of his house, he was astonished to find the presence of the
+stranger, whose strange appearance struck him with awe, and his tongue
+clove to the roof of his mouth. However he summoned up his courage, and
+taking a slanting direction, he escaped through a side door into the
+little back parlour of the inn.
+
+Nat was not a spectator of this scene. When Will left him, he took his
+quart of ale in his hand, and composing himself in the chimney corner, he
+sat there, intently watching the glowing wood-fire before him. There he
+sat, now and then sipping his ale, as professed wine-drinkers sip their
+port, remarking to himself, after each succeeding draught, “This is
+capital stuff! it warms the cockles of one’s heart as it goes down; but,
+poor me! when, oh when, shall I have sixpence in my pocket to buy another
+quart? Oh, it’s a sad thing to be poor in this rich land of plenty!
+It’s not right for me and my class to starve for good ale, when our
+wealthy neighbours have their cellars full, and plenty of gold to buy
+more. If I was rich, the poor man should never want for a pint or a jug
+of the real ‘cwrw da.’ Ah, me! I sha’ never be rich. I’m born to be
+poor, and to labour as them sparks fly up the chimney. It’s sad, very
+sad, and heart-breaking, to have an empty pocket when one’s soul is
+thirsty.”
+
+Nat sat thus musing and talking to himself for nearly half an hour. At
+last he finished his ale, and then, taking his stick in his hand, rose to
+go home. There was no one in the kitchen now. Nat thought this very
+strange, as Bill was generally about; but he fancied, as he rose to
+depart, that he saw the shadow of a human form on the wall. Of this he
+took no particular notice at the time; but, on listening to Will’s story
+the following day, Nat felt that the supposed shadow was a terrible
+reality.
+
+Nat left the inn with a heavy heart. It is true he had had his quart of
+good ale, but he thought that, as work was slack, he would have
+considerable difficulty “in raising the wind” for several days, and this
+affliction had a depressing influence on his spirits. At last he reached
+the little wicket gate leading from the highway to his cottage; but on
+his opening it, he was awe-struck on seeing coming from his house along
+the garden-path, a gentleman clad in deep mourning. As there was
+something in the appearance of the gentleman Nat did not like, he
+attempted to avoid him by leaving the path free; but when Nat turned out
+of the path the figure turned too, and came up, meeting the smith face to
+face, and addressed him thus:—
+
+“You are rather late to-night, Mr. Smith.”
+
+“If I be late, sir,” retorted Nat, “I do not see it’s any business of
+yours.”
+
+“Don’t be angry with me, friend, I meant no harm, for my object in
+meeting you here is to afford you help and counsel.”
+
+“I need, sir, no man’s help,” replied Nat; “and when I require advice
+I’ll seek it at the house of a friend.”
+
+“But, friend Vulcan, I can give you the help which no _man_ can.”
+
+“Give it then, sir, to those who seek; as for me I desire it not.”
+
+“You are poor, friend, and penniless.”
+
+“But is poverty, sir, a crime?”
+
+“Oh no, friend, poverty is not a crime; but you must own, Mr. Smith, that
+an empty pocket is very inconvenient for a thirsty soul.”
+
+“How do you know, sir, that my pocket’s empty?”
+
+“My knowledge of the fact, friend, is derived from your own confession.”
+
+“But, sir, I never confessed to you, ’cause why, I never saw you before.”
+
+“You speak truly on that point, friend Vulcan; nevertheless, I must tell
+you I heard your confession to-night at the Jolly Fiddler.”
+
+“I did not see you there, sir.”
+
+“Perhaps not. I was there, notwithstanding; and I heard you declaring to
+Will, the landlord, that you then parted with the last sixpence.”
+
+“If I’ve spent all, sir, I can work and earn more.”
+
+“Oh, sir, you can work: but I know you do not like work; and if you will
+comply with my wishes, you shall have all you require without working
+another hour.”
+
+“What is your wish, sir, and the nature of your service?”
+
+“I will tell you, Mr. Vulcan, in a few words. But, first, let me say
+that I take a deep interest in you, and am supremely anxious to promote
+your welfare. Now, if you will consent to become my son, at the
+expiration of seven years from this hour, I will grant you any three
+things you might desire, whatever they may be.”
+
+“You’ll do what, sir?”
+
+“I’ll grant you any three things—riches, wealth, possessions, or anything
+else.”
+
+“And for these benefits, what do you require from me?”
+
+“All I require, Mr. Nat, is that, at the expiration of seven years, you
+will acknowledge me as your master.”
+
+“Indeed, sir,—that is, I don’t know what to say to your proposal. Now
+I’m a free man, and I’d rather be my own master than be the slave of
+another.”
+
+“But, friend, when you have plenty of money you will be your own master,
+and besides, with a full pocket you can drink as much as you like of
+Will’s best beer. I shall guarantee in the bond your pockets shall be
+always full.”
+
+“To-morrow night, if you will meet me, I will give you an answer.”
+
+“To-morrow, friend, it will be too late. Your decision must be now or
+never. If you desire a merry and a jolly life, having a full pocket and
+plenty of good ale, sign this bond, which read for yourself.”
+
+Nat took the document from the hand of the stranger, which he carefully
+read twice over. When completing its second perusal, he remarked that it
+appeared all right, though not wholly satisfactory as it contained no
+sentence _securing the blessings_ for which he had to wish _during the
+seven years_.
+
+“Will it be satisfactory to you then, friend, if words to that effect are
+added?”
+
+“Yes, sir,” replied Nat.
+
+The stranger then wrote upon the bond the words Nat desired should be
+added, and presenting it to the smith, he at once signed the document,
+when, on its being done, the stranger vanished out of his sight, leaving
+Nat there in darkness and alone. However, he ultimately found the door
+of his cottage, and, on entering, went at once to bed.
+
+It was noon on the succeeding morning before Nat awoke. He had, like all
+beer and spirit drinkers, slept himself sober. When he was aroused from
+his slumbers, he began to think over the previous night’s scene, and,
+step by step, he was at last able to trace the whole of his doings from
+the time he left home until his return, and then he fully realized his
+present position. The sad fact that he had sold himself body and soul to
+the arch-fiend was now a terrible reality. “I have been a fool, and no
+mistake,” said he to himself; “but what’s done can’t be helped. Here is
+the bond, the conditions of which I’m bound to carry out.” He then got
+up, and dressed himself, and going downstairs, he found his dinner, which
+consisted of potatoes and milk, on the table. After partaking of a
+portion of the dinner his too-indulgent wife had prepared for him,
+addressing his faithful Betsy he unconsciously exclaimed:
+
+“I wish, old girl, we had fried bacon with the potatoes.”
+
+No sooner had the words escaped his lips than there appeared before him
+on the little round table a plateful of savoury bacon, on which he was so
+enraged with his own want of prudence, that he wished it and its contents
+under the grate, when it was removed thither by some invisible hand.
+Nat, on witnessing this, foamed with passion, and danced and cursed and
+swore like one possessed with the evil one. He carried on his ravings
+for some time to the astonishment of his wife, as she could not divine
+the cause of his strange conduct; and amid one of his fits of rage he
+exclaimed, “Oh, that I had a jug of Will’s best beer, for my mouth and my
+tongue are on fire!” In a moment the foaming ale was placed on the
+table, and Nat swallowed it at a single draught. When he placed the
+empty jug on the table, he said, addressing his wife:
+
+“O Betsy! what a fool I’ve been. I was promised riches, possessions, and
+honours, if I’d do a particular thing, but my only reward is a jug of
+ale.”
+
+From that day Nat was an altered man. He ceased his visits to the Jolly
+Fiddler. Occasionally he was to be found in his shop, but more
+frequently he might be seen walking up and down the mountain-side alone,
+with an air of pensive sadness on his brow. As years rolled on he became
+more dejected and depressed in spirits, the cause of which was known to
+no mortal. He did not even tell his wife the terrible secret of his
+unhappiness. Years and years passed on with this heavy load on his
+heart. At last it came to the very day but one when he had to fulfil the
+condition of the bond. Why or wherefore I do not know, but the thought
+struck him about me, and thinking, perhaps, that I could afford him some
+little aid, he started off yesterday morning, and he spent several hours
+with me here last night. He told me the whole of his tale, and when he
+had completed its recital, I said to him very kindly, but firmly,—
+
+“You have done, my friend, a very wicked thing.”
+
+“O sir, I know I have; but my heart is so depressed, pray do not,
+therefore, upbraid me now, but try and afford me some assistance.”
+
+“I really can’t see my way to help you, especially as your enemy is so
+subtle.”
+
+“But, my dear pastor, I think you can break the net in which he has
+caught me.”
+
+“There is only one way of defeating him, Nat; that way is, by prayer and
+supplication for Divine help and guidance when the hour of your doom
+comes.”
+
+“O sir, I have poured out my whole soul to my Redeemer, but I’ve received
+no answer to my prayer.”
+
+“Relief, Nat, may yet come. Oh, don’t cease in your petitions to the
+throne of mercy.”
+
+“I’m terribly afraid, sir, that my sins are so black, there is no hope
+for me.”
+
+“While there is life, friend, there is hope; and even yet, at the
+eleventh hour, a way of escape may be opened to you.”
+
+“Heaven be praised if there be, sir; but this bond is too explicit in
+terms, and he who holds the counterpart is too exacting, for me to hope
+for an escape.”
+
+“You have the bond, then, Nat?”
+
+“Yes, sir! here it is.”
+
+“Have you received the benefits of its conditions?”
+
+“The only benefit I received was one jug of beer. As for the bacon, that
+was devoured by the flames.”
+
+“There is a line, which appears as an afterthought, added to the bond,
+namely, guaranteeing the security of the blessings wished for during a
+period of seven years. Do you now say, Nat, that you have not
+participated in the benefits of the wishes during the seven years?”
+
+“I declare, sir, in the most solemn manner, that the only benefit I had
+was the jug of ale already referred to.”
+
+“Now, Nat, I think I can help you out of your difficulty, and I will pray
+Heaven to succour and assist you in the terrible encounter awaiting you.
+But to insure success you must observe to the letter my directions. Will
+you promise me?”
+
+“Most solemnly I promise to obey you to the letter.”
+
+“You must fulfil your engagement with the enemy, and if he insists on
+your carrying out the condition of the bond, then tell him to his face
+that you will not do so, unless he will first carry out _his_ conditions
+about the seven years. If he refuses, then demand another wish, and as
+you have received no benefit from the previous ones, he will, I think,
+concede the point. If so, then let your wish be that something terrible
+might happen to him.”
+
+Now, said the parson to me, I can proceed no further with my tale. Every
+moment I am anxiously waiting news, or the return of Nat. If he comes
+you shall hear the rest of the story from his own lips,—whereupon Nat
+entered, and throwing up his hat to the top of the room, cried out, “He
+is conquered! he is conquered! Hurrah for Parson Jones! Hurrah for the
+good Vicar of Llan! before whom both witches and devils flee.” At last
+Nat became calm and composed, when he proceeded to complete the tale,
+which I tell in his own words:—
+
+“I met the old chap at the appointed time and place, when he produced the
+bond, and asked me if I was ready to accompany him.
+
+“I said, said I, ‘Not yet, my lord.’
+
+“‘Why?’ said he.
+
+“‘Because,’ said I, ‘you have not fulfilled the conditions of the bond.’
+
+“‘In what have I failed?’ asked he.
+
+“‘In this,’ said I, ‘I was, by the bond, to enjoy the blessings for seven
+years, and I’ve had only one jug of beer.’
+
+“‘But that was your fault,’ said he.
+
+“‘Whether it be my fault or not,’ said I, ‘I will not come with you
+unless you fulfil your conditions.’
+
+“‘I will not wait for you another seven years,’ said he; ‘but I will
+permit your having one more wish.’
+
+“‘You’ll do what?’ said I.
+
+“‘I will grant you the privilege of one more wish.’
+
+“‘You really will?’ said I.
+
+“‘Yes; but, mind, my only reason for granting it,’ said he, ‘is that you
+appear to feel that I have taken an advantage of you.’
+
+“‘Well, then,’ said I, ‘I wish you on the back of your fiery dragon; and,
+then, that the dragon carry you straight to Llynfan, and that you both be
+drowned in that lake, and never appear to disturb me more.’
+
+“When I had finished my wish there was a terrible clap of thunder, which
+shook the earth beneath me to its very foundation, and it was followed by
+a vivid flash of lightning which lit up the whole mountain; and, looking
+across the valley, I then saw both the dragon and its rider disappear in
+that fathomless llyn. When I saw this I dropped down upon the cold
+ground, and then poured forth my heart’s thanksgivings to Him who had
+wrought me, through you, my dear pastor, so great, so glorious a
+victory.”
+
+ [Picture: Pont Aberglaslyn]
+
+
+
+
+CADWGAN WYNN;
+OR THE
+LOST INHERITANCE REGAINED.
+
+
+ Fled are the fairy views of hill and dale;
+ Sublimely throned on the steep mountain brow.
+ Stern nature frowns: her desolating rage
+ Driving the whirlwind, or swoln flood, or blast
+ Of fiery air imprisoned, from their base
+ Has wildly hurled the uplifted rocks around
+ The gloomy pass, where Aberglaslyn’s arch
+ Yawns o’er the torrent. The disjointed crags
+ O’er the steep precipice in fragments vast
+ Impending, to the astonished mind recall
+ The fabled horrors by demoniac force
+ Of Lapland wizards wrought; who, borne upon
+ The whirlwind’s wing, what time the vexèd sea
+ Dashed ’gainst Norwegia’s cliffs, to solid mass
+ Turned the swoln billows, and the o’erhanging waves
+ Fixed e’er they fell.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+_SHADE AND LIGHT—SORROW—BUT HOPE IN SORROW_.
+
+
+In the enchanting vale below Pont Aberglaslyn there stood, many many
+years ago, a small villa, which at the time of which we write was covered
+over with ivy. Surrounding this beautiful rural retreat were gardens and
+pleasure grounds, which were designed and laid out with great artistic
+taste and skill in the arrangement of walks, shrubs, rose-trees, flowers,
+and evergreens.
+
+At the time our story commences, the villa was occupied by a gentleman
+whose family had seen better days; but, through the prodigality of
+ancestors and the vast sums they had squandered in horse-racing,
+cock-fighting, and gambling, the rent-roll of their estate which
+approached £12,000 a year, now scarcely reached a hundredth part of that
+sum after the interest had been paid. Indeed, when the then owner came
+into possession of his patrimony on the death of his father, his net
+income barely reached £6 a week. On discovering his pecuniary position,
+he felt he could no longer afford to occupy the family mansion, and like
+a wise man he prudently resolved to leave it, and remove to the villa we
+have already described. During the residence of the family at the old
+Hall, Mrs. Wynn—that being the name of the family—left her household
+affairs to her servants, who unfortunately paid but little regard to
+domestic economy. However, when she took up her residence in her new
+abode she wisely undertook the chief management of her household; while
+Mr. Wynn devoted his time to the cultivation of the garden and
+superintending the education of his son and daughter. Both proved apt
+learners; what they learned they remembered. Whatever book they read,
+they retained its contents in their singularly retentive memories. In
+pursuing their studies, fortunately they had this great advantage in
+their favour,—namely, that their parent was a ripe scholar and an eminent
+man of letters, while as a teacher he possessed abilities of the highest
+order. Having such an instructor, no wonder his beloved pupils made such
+rapid progress. After teaching them thoroughly the rudiments, Mr. Wynn
+led on his children step by step to higher grounds; but in all his
+lessons he sought to instil into their young minds a strong and
+passionate desire, a longing thirst, for knowledge, the possession of
+which had afforded him some of the happiest and the most pleasurable
+hours of his life. Thus occupied, year after year came and rolled by,
+and each revolving year brought increased happiness to the little family
+of the villa. Truly did they live in each other’s love.
+
+When their son Cadwgan had attained his fifteenth year, his sister
+Gwenfan being two years younger, their father was on one Saturday called
+away to the ancient town of Carnarvon, in order to transact some special
+business with the family solicitor. When he left home in the morning he
+promised to return the same evening, but though his wife and children
+waited his return until midnight, he came not. At last, sick and weary
+at heart, they retired to rest; but during the remainder of the night
+they were not roused by his well-known knock at the hall-door. Early on
+the ensuing Sabbath morning, a special messenger arrived at the villa
+from Carnarvon, with the sorrowful intelligence that Squire Wynn had been
+seized with a virulent attack of small-pox, a disease which was then
+fearfully raging in the town and neighbourhood, and the messenger urged
+Mrs. Wynn to hasten to the bedside of her husband, if she desired to see
+him alive. With an aching heart she kissed and bade adieu to her son and
+daughter, and hastened to the bedside of the almost lifeless form of him
+who had ever been the light of her eyes and the joy of her heart. She
+saw at the first glance that the hour of his departure had come. She
+threw herself on the bed by his side, when he tenderly embraced her,
+saying, “Heaven bless you, my angel!” and then pointing his finger
+upwards, “Meet me there, and bring our dear ones with you.” He then
+heaved a deep sigh, and his spirit took its flight to the _gwlad well_
+(the better land). Before that day’s sun had descended into the western
+sea, Mrs. Wynn was attacked with the same fatal malady; and before the
+dawn of the following morning, her gentle and loving spirit had fled its
+earthly tabernacle for the land of eternal and ethereal joy. Thus were
+their children bereft of both father and mother in a single day, and
+before they were made acquainted with the terrible loss they had
+sustained, the forms they loved so well had been placed in the same tomb.
+
+To the children the Monday and Tuesday following were days of anxious
+thought. No tidings had reached them of the sad event that had happened.
+It was late on Tuesday evening that a kind friend arrived from the
+solicitor bringing the sad intelligence of their parents’ decease. They
+were overwhelmed with sorrow on account of their loss. Days and days
+elapsed before they could realize their position. At last they were
+painfully impressed with the fact that they were alone in the world. No
+loving word now, in welcome and joyous voice, greeted them on entering
+their home. The arm-chair in which their father sat evening after
+evening, when he was used to tell them tales of years that had gone, and
+the couch on which their mother reclined before retiring to her bedroom,
+were both unoccupied. The sudden death of both, taken in connection with
+the responsibilities of the present and their anxieties pertaining to the
+future, nearly broke their young and tender hearts. But they sorrowed
+not as those who had no hope. From childhood they had been taught to
+love the dear Name which is above every name, and confident of His
+favour, and with full reliance on the promise that He would be a father
+to the fatherless, their gentle spirits became calm and peaceful.
+Moreover, they looked forward to a bright immortality, when they would
+join those whom their souls loved. Thus, as day after day came and
+departed, they became more resigned to their lot. Their griefs were
+assuaged by night voices from the world above. Often, in the evening
+twilight, they heard whispers from the spirits of the dear departed ones.
+And the spirits said, after a few more years of toil, of labour, of
+sorrow, of anxiety and trouble, you will come up hither, and then you
+shall mingle your voices with ours, in praising Him, who has washed us
+from our sins in His own blood. That day there will be a joyous reunion
+in this spirit world where parting is no more.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+_AN INHERITANCE LOST_, _BUT A FRIEND FOUND_.
+
+
+“Is not this a lovely April morning?” remarked Cadwgan to his sister, as
+they walked hand-in-hand across the lawn.
+
+“It is, indeed, a most lovely morning, brother. And is not the scene
+around most enchanting?”
+
+“You, Gwenfan, have always been a great admirer of the spring.”
+
+“And you, dear Cadwgan, have been its enthusiastic admirer.”
+
+“I have loved it, my dear sister, because it is the season of the year
+when nature puts on its most joyous apparel. The trees and flowers, the
+hedgerows and forests, the cornfields and meads, all all are decked in
+their green robes. When spring comes, after the deathlike appearance of
+winter with its cold and chilling air, nature springs into new life; the
+trees send forth their green leaves, the rose its blossom, the meadows
+put on their usual dress, and Nature appears to say to all, Come, come,
+and behold my triumphant resurrection from the death of winter.”
+
+“And does not the animal creation, my brother, participate in the glories
+of spring?”
+
+“Sister, oh, do listen to the joyous melody of the skylark, and see, see
+how he mounts higher and higher, and sings as he ascends! From yon
+thorny bush don’t you hear the blackbird’s sweet notes? while the mellow
+bullfinch answers those notes from yonder sylvan grove.”
+
+“It is love, my dearest brother, that creates this music; all this waste
+of melody is the heavenly voice of sweetest love.”
+
+“Don’t say, my dear sister, that this melody is wasted. Music is never
+wasted when there are people listening to its soothing and joyous
+strains.”
+
+“But people, Cadwgan, do not always give ear to the charming voices of
+these winged songsters. And are there not hundreds, and perhaps
+thousands, who fail to appreciate, who are never moved by, their
+enchanting notes?”
+
+“That there are persons, my wise sister, who listen unmoved to the melody
+of birds, I would be the last to deny; but is there not an equally large
+number of persons who see no beauty in verdant glades, in the bubbling
+crystal fountain, in the rippling streamlet, and in the flowers as they
+open their petals to draw in the morning dewdrop?”
+
+“As you have referred to flowers, come, dear Cadwgan, and look at my
+smiling blushing roses. Oh, they look so lovely! Exquisitely beautiful
+are they, and their perfume fills the morning air with the most delicious
+fragrance.”
+
+“They are, my dear Gwenfan, most beautiful; but pray tell me the secret
+of your success in training them to so great a perfection.”
+
+“That I can explain in a few words. I have nursed them well. I have
+paid them as much attention as I have paid to my birds, and I love them
+almost as much,—don’t I, pretty, smiling, blushing roses?”
+
+“It will be hard for you to part with this lovely dwelling, won’t it,
+Gwenfan; especially as it is endeared to us by so many happy and hallowed
+associations?”
+
+“But we shan’t leave here, brother; shall we?”
+
+“I am afraid we shall be obliged to do so, sister.”
+
+“I am so sorry to hear you say so.”
+
+“I am sorry too, to break the news to you. The thought of leaving our
+dear home almost breaks my heart.”
+
+“I had hoped, Cadwgan, never to say adieu to the abode of our beloved
+parents, though the void created by our sad bereavement can never be
+filled up. But, if we must leave, whither shall we go?”
+
+“At present, my darling sister, I know not where we shall have to pitch
+our tent; but our heavenly Father, in His good providence, will, if we
+trust Him, provide for us a shelter.”
+
+“I do love and trust Him, my dear brother; but, oh, at this moment, the
+future appears to me dark and beamless. I fail to see even a fringe of
+the cloud with a silver lining.”
+
+“But if we look to the light, our future may still be bright and joyous;
+as will be the appearance of yonder vale when the dark cloud you see up
+there passes away. In a few minutes this sylvan dell will be lighted up
+by the golden beams of the morning sun.”
+
+“Look, brother, look! The cloud is rapidly moving on its journey. The
+rays of the king of day will soon fall upon and penetrate both woodland
+and brake, warming and cheering the dwellers in mossy beds and grassy
+mounds, imparting hope and joy to all.”
+
+“So may it be with us, dear Gwenfan. When we least expect aid from on
+high, that aid comes, and at once the darkness and gloom are chased
+away.”
+
+But here his sister called her brother’s attention to a lady driving a
+pony carriage. “I declare,” she said, “the lady is coming to the villa.
+See! see! her servant has opened the entrance gate at the bottom of the
+lawn. Oh, who can she be? Do you expect any one to visit us, brother?”
+
+“I expect no one, but hope that she may be a messenger of good, not of
+evil; a harbinger of comfort, and not the bearer of bad tidings and thus
+increase our affliction and sorrow. Our cup of grief is already full and
+overflowing.”
+
+As the carriage approached nearer to the villa, the children saw that its
+occupant was clad in deep mourning, and that she resembled some one whom
+they well knew, but whom they could not at the moment recollect.
+Presently, the carriage was driven up to the door, and the lady inquired
+of the orphans if the house was called Bryn Villa, and if they were the
+children of Mr. and Mrs. Wynn.
+
+“I am, madam, their son,” replied Cadwgan, “and this is my sister
+Gwenfan.”
+
+“May I presume to ask the name of the lady who takes care of you?”
+
+“We have no one taking care of us, madam,” replied Gwenfan. “I look
+after my brother, and he looks after me.”
+
+“But have you no one with you,—no grown up person in charge of the house,
+and in charge of its management?”
+
+“We have only a maid-servant in the house, ma’am,” answered the brother;
+“and she has been with us since we were little ones.”
+
+“You are then, my dears, left alone in the world. Unless I have been
+misinformed, you have lost both parents.”
+
+“Both are dead, ma’am,” answered Gwenfan, weeping; “and neither my
+brother nor I am aware of having a single relative living.”
+
+“Had not your papa a sister?” inquired the lady.
+
+“We never heard dear papa speak of a sister, or any relative,” answered
+Cadwgan.
+
+“Dear me, sir, that is certainly very strange; because I happen to know
+of his having a sister, whom he loved very dearly.”
+
+“Of her, ma’am,” replied the youth, “papa never spoke. I remember
+hearing him say, he had no one left in the world to care for, except dear
+mamma and us.”
+
+“For the present we will say no more on the subject. But having driven
+many a long mile, my dears, since the morning, and still having a long
+journey before me, I must claim your hospitality for food for my servant
+and pony.”
+
+“You are heartily welcome, ma’am, to partake of the best our house can
+afford,” replied the children. “Your servant will perhaps drive the pony
+into the yard, and he will find there our man servant who will attend to
+his wants.”
+
+The lady then descended from her phaeton, and was conducted by the
+children into the house. During the time refreshments were being
+prepared she made a minute inspection of the parlour. When she had
+thoroughly surveyed it, and was about to take a rest on the sofa, she saw
+what appeared to be a picture, but the likeness was shut from view by a
+curtain of green baize which hung over and covered both the picture and
+frame. The lady’s curiosity was aroused, but just then she heard the
+footsteps of the servant and the children in the passage; but before they
+entered the room, she had succeeded in drawing aside the baize, and had a
+glimpse of the likeness beneath. When the children entered they
+perceived that the lady appeared slightly agitated, though, necessarily,
+they were wholly ignorant of its cause.
+
+During the time she was engaged in partaking of the refreshments which
+had been provided her, she talked and chatted away on all manner of
+topics, but studiously avoided making any allusion to herself. She asked
+the children many questions about people in the neighbourhood,
+particularly about Mrs. Jones, of the Glen; her sons and daughters, if
+they were all married, and did they reside in the locality. She
+specially asked if young Squire Jones were still a bachelor.
+
+The children gave their visitor an account of the several families she
+inquired for, and informed her that Mr. Jones was still single, that he
+resided at the Glen, and had succeeded to his uncle’s property, which
+brought in some £12,000 a year.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+“And you never heard, my dears, your papa mentioning relatives either
+living or dead.”
+
+“Indeed, we don’t recollect our papa making any allusion to relatives,
+except,” said Cadwgan, “on one occasion, when he said to mamma, ‘I am
+afraid she is dead; for were she alive she would certainly write to us.’”
+
+“I know, my dears, to whom he referred, and think I can satisfy you that
+she is not dead, but still lives.”
+
+“Any information, ma’am,” replied the youth, “with which you can furnish
+us will place us under deep obligations to you.”
+
+“Have you, my dears, ever seen the picture under the green baize?”
+
+“No, ma’am.”
+
+“Then you don’t know whose likeness it is?”
+
+“Indeed, ma’am,” replied the brother and sister, “we don’t.”
+
+“Tell me, my dears,”—removing the covering,—“tell me if you have ever
+seen any one like that portrait.”
+
+For a moment the children hesitated; and after looking first at the
+portrait and then at the lady, said, “The picture, ma’am, is very like
+you; or you resemble the portrait.”
+
+“You are quite right, my loves. Your dear papa was my brother, and you,
+my dears, are my nephew and niece. Come to my arms, and be assured that,
+as far as I can, I will make up for the loss you have sustained. I will
+love you deeply, fondly, ardently; and for my brother’s sake, and that of
+your kind, gentle, and loving mother, who was as dear to me as my dear
+sister Gwenfan, who was the light and joy of our homes, and for your own
+sakes, I will be your guide, your friend, your counsellor and stay.”
+
+In a moment the children were locked in the tender and loving embrace of
+their aunt. They all wept, though their sorrows were mixed with joy. To
+some extent the discovery thus made relieved the sadness and gloom of the
+hour. In the hour of gloom, when aid was least expected, a comforter had
+been found. But upon this scene we must not dwell. Their aunt was a
+woman of action, and rest with her was impossible until she had
+thoroughly mastered the children’s affairs. Hence, as soon as she and
+her pony had had refreshment and an hour’s rest, she, with her niece and
+nephew, started off for Carnarvon to see the family solicitor, and from
+that gentleman learnt that the old family estate of the Wynns was
+mortgaged to its full value, and that the mortgagee had now given notice
+to foreclose unless the sum borrowed was repaid within a month. “To do
+this,” said the solicitor, “is, I fear, impossible, because the amount
+borrowed—£80,000—is so large that in these times there are but few
+capitalists who have it at their command.” He then gave it as his
+deliberate opinion that the best thing was for the mortgagee to sell, and
+if he realized a sum beyond the encumbrance, it might be invested for the
+joint use of the children.
+
+This advice was acted upon by the aunt and orphans. A few weeks after
+this conversation, Wynn Castle and its domain and estate were sold by
+auction, the fortunate purchaser being a London merchant of great wealth,
+who during the first three years of its possession expended on
+improvements £20,000.
+
+When the affairs of Wynn Castle were all arranged, Cadwgan resolved to
+seek his fortune in the wide wide world. His aunt and sister did their
+best to dissuade him from leaving home, but he turned a deaf ear to their
+arguments and entreaties. At last they reluctantly acquiesced, and it
+was finally arranged that his aunt and sister were to remain at the Villa
+(this house and grounds forming no part of the Wynn Castle estate), the
+former promising to supply as far as she was able the void which death
+had created.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+_THE WIDE WORLD_.
+
+
+It was a beautiful summer morning when Cadwgan departed from the home of
+his love, the place endeared to him by so many happy associations. The
+parting scene between him and his sister was most painful. From
+childhood they had not been separate from each other a single day.
+Gwenfan’s love for her brother was deep, ardent, and tender. Every want
+of his she anticipated, while she paid the minutest attention to his
+feelings, even in small and trivial matters. To part with her only
+brother was indeed a sore trial; but she now felt she could no longer
+resist his wishes, though the thought almost broke her heart. Then
+Cadwgan’s grief was equally intense. He however felt that duty called
+him away; and somehow there came into his soul a conviction that a day
+might come when fortune would smile upon him, and on that day his sister
+would bless him for having forsaken the joys of home with its smiles and
+sunshine, in obedience to what he regarded as a solemn duty. At last he
+tore himself away from his sister’s and aunt’s tender and affectionate
+caresses, leaving the home of his childhood; and before the sun was up,
+grand old Snowdon, with its circumjacent hills and mountain-tops, had
+disappeared from his view. However, he lingered not on his journey, but
+when the last old friend of his youth had disappeared he put on new
+speed, resolving to arrive at the metropolis of England and the world
+before the end of the following week.
+
+We shall not attempt to describe the journey and the incidents which
+occurred by the way. Suffice it to say, that in due course he reached
+the great city, and during the first few days after his arrival he
+wandered from street to street, traversing its parks, alleys, and great
+thoroughfares; and during those days’ wanderings he saw much of the busy
+scenes of city life, especially those places where merchant princes most
+do congregate.
+
+After being in London about a week, faint, weary and worn, hungry and
+footsore, he sat down one evening in one of the recesses of London
+Bridge, and wept. Though thousands passed by not a soul took any notice
+of the sorrowing and weeping boy. As the shades of night began to fall
+faster and faster on the scene, the bridge became less crowded, and as
+the evening advanced, became almost deserted. The poor youth now thought
+seriously on his lonely and forlorn condition. To procure a bed was
+almost impossible, as he knew not where to go; and even if he did know,
+he could ill afford to spare two shillings—the sum his landlord had
+charged him the previous evening—because his little purse was nearly
+empty. When the few shillings which remained were gone, he saw no
+prospect before him but hunger and starvation, which he now considered
+would be his inevitable fate. He now repented of his somewhat rash act
+of leaving home before consulting with some one as to the best course he
+should pursue. But his repentance was too late. He placed himself in
+the hand of his heavenly Father, and prayed to Him for help and guidance.
+That prayer brought peace to his troubled spirit.
+
+It was a beautiful and balmy summer night, and he asked himself the
+question, why could he not make himself quite comfortable there for a
+single night? Having resolved to sleep there for one night at least, he
+at once commenced to arrange his pillow, which consisted of his carpet
+bag. Having placed the bag on the ledge between the parapet and the
+footpath, he lay down to sleep. Just as he was about to close his eyes a
+gentleman came up, and stepping on the ledge close to the youth’s bag,
+looked over the parapet on the ebbing tide below. Having remained in
+that position a few minutes, he turned round for the purpose of
+descending to the regular path in order to continue his journey, but in
+his descent he saw the youth apparently asleep. He gazed on his
+countenance for a few moments, and said,—
+
+“What are you doing there, my child, this time of night?”
+
+“I hope, sir,” replied Cadwgan, “that my sleeping here for a night will
+not be wrong. I’m not in the way of any one, sir, and I won’t do any
+mischief.”
+
+“But have you no other place to go to, my child? You can procure a bed
+somewhere, can’t you?”
+
+“I might possibly do so, sir, but I can’t well spare the money to pay for
+a night’s lodgings.”
+
+“But have you no friends or relations in town, my boy, to whom you could
+apply for assistance?”
+
+“I’ve no friends in London, sir.”
+
+“I presume you have relations in the country who are in a position to aid
+you.”
+
+“I’ve a sister, sir, but she is nearly three hundred miles from here.”
+
+“Where did you come from, my child?”
+
+“From Wales, sir.”
+
+“Is Wales your home—I mean your native country?”
+
+“Yes, sir.”
+
+“North or South Wales?”
+
+“The North, sir.”
+
+“Where in North Wales does your sister live?”
+
+“She lives at Bryn Villa, near Pont Aberglaslyn.”
+
+“Surely, your name, my child, is not Wynn, is it?”
+
+“That is my name, sir.”
+
+“Then you are the son of Squire Wynn, of Wynn Castle?”
+
+“Mr. Wynn was my father.”
+
+“And how is that dear good man?”
+
+“My father and mother, sir, are both dead. I have no one left to care
+for me but my sister, except my aunt.”
+
+“I am truly sorry to hear tidings so sad. What is your aunt’s name?”
+
+“Her name is Gwenfan Wynn, which is the name of my sister.”
+
+“But are you not in error in calling her Wynn? I heard she got married
+some years ago.”
+
+“My aunt was never married.”
+
+“Are you sure of that, my child?”
+
+“Quite sure, sir.”
+
+“You greatly surprise me. I was given to understand she married a Scotch
+gentleman, many, many years ago.”
+
+“She did leave home with the intention of being married to a Mr. McDonel,
+but finding, fortunately before it was too late, that the representations
+he made of himself about his property, estate, and high connections, were
+all false, she broke off the match, and not wishing to return home then,
+when she would probably be subjected to perhaps unkind observations, took
+a situation in a nobleman’s family then about to visit Italy, with whom
+she has lived until within the last few weeks. The family only recently
+returned to England, and on the evening after their arrival, my aunt saw
+in the _Times_ the announcement of my parents’ death. She immediately
+left London, and came to us in Wales. She is now with my dear sister
+acting as her guardian and friend.”
+
+“I thank you, my child, for your information. You must now accompany me
+to my residence. You shall not want for a home and a friend as long as
+Owen Jones lives.”
+
+“But, sir, I do not wish, nor can I consent, to live on charity. I’ve
+come up to London to work for my bread, and if Heaven smiles on my
+efforts I shall attain an honourable independency.”
+
+“As to your future plans, my child, more anon. For the present my home
+must and shall be yours. When you have recovered from the fatigue of
+your journey, I will endeavour to obtain for you a situation in some
+respectable mercantile house. You must in the meantime be my guest. I
+hope happy days are in store for you.”
+
+The youth then rose from his couch (Mr. Jones had, during the above
+conversation, been sitting on the ledge of the parapet by his side), but
+when he attempted to move he almost fell down from exhaustion. His newly
+found friend, who had intended to have walked home, hailed a coach, which
+soon arrived at his house, which was a semi-detached villa, in Brixton.
+
+On their arrival, Mr. Jones introduced the youth to his wife and only
+daughter. The former on being informed who he was, welcomed him with
+affectionate cordiality. Mrs. Jones had known his father and mother
+years ago, she being a native of a village but a few miles from Wynn
+Castle.
+
+In his new home Cadwgan spent an exceedingly pleasant evening. He had to
+answer a thousand questions about people and families who resided in the
+vicinity of his far distant home among the mountains. At last he was
+permitted to retire to his room, and having had no sound sleep for
+several nights, and being weary and tired, was soon asleep. He awoke in
+the morning feeling he was almost a new man.
+
+At breakfast, Mr. Jones asked the youth what kind of employment would
+best meet his wishes.
+
+“I am indifferent, sir, as to the kind of situation; my object and most
+anxious desire is to earn my living by hard work.”
+
+“I am extremely sorry, my young friend, that I have no vacancy for a
+young gentleman of your talents and education in my establishment.
+However, in the course of a few days I hope to succeed in procuring you a
+situation in one of the great city houses. In the meantime you are my
+guest. My wife and daughter shall take you out during the day, in order
+to show you the lions of this great city; but in the evenings they must
+not monopolize your whole attention, as I have much to say to you and
+many inquiries to make about dear old friends in old Cambria, which has
+been to us a good and kind mother.” Then turning to his wife he
+said,—“Be sure to take particular care of our young visitor, and don’t
+fail to bring him back without injury to health or limb.”
+
+“You need be under no apprehension on that point, Owen,” answered Mrs.
+Jones. “No harm shall befall him when under my charge. I shall guard
+him from harm as if he were one of my own children.”
+
+“I have no doubt you will, wife. I must now leave you. I hope you will
+spend a very pleasant day.”
+
+Mr. Jones then left, and proceeded to his house of business; but during
+his walk he thought, not of mercantile transaction or of his dear old
+native land, oh, no: his thoughts were wholly occupied with the adventure
+of the previous evening.
+
+Soon after the departure of Mr. Jones, his wife and daughter and young
+Wynn started off for the purpose of seeing some of the wonders of London,
+but the day closed before they saw one hundredth part of its glories.
+Day after day they continued to drive about from one part of the
+metropolis to another, and during these excursions Cadwgan had acquired a
+pretty accurate knowledge of the geography of London.
+
+When at dinner on the following Sunday, Mr. Jones informed his young
+visitor of his having at last succeeded in procuring for him a situation
+as clerk in the old established house of Messrs. Davies, Roberts &
+Company, the celebrated tea merchants, and that he was to commence his
+duties on the following Monday. This information was exceedingly
+cheering to the youth, as the certainty of employment was now assured.
+Not wishing to be under obligation to his friends longer than he could
+possibly help, he expressed a wish to procure lodgings in some
+respectable family at once, and asked Mr. Jones if he knew of any place
+in the neighbourhood likely to suit him.
+
+“We’ll talk on that matter, my boy, another time,” replied Mr. Jones.
+“For the present, at least, you must remain with us. If you do leave us
+in the way you propose, remember, be your stay in London long or short,
+you must consider our house your home. Before you can possibly make any
+arrangements you must first see if the situation will suit you; whether
+your employers like you, and you like them. If you give them
+satisfaction, and your position is likely to be permanent, why then we
+will, if you wish, permit you to leave us; and I’ve no doubt but that
+Mrs. Jones and my daughter will find you comfortable apartments.”
+
+“Well, sir, I’m in your hands. You have overpowered me with kindness
+which I shall never be able to repay. When hungry, weary, and helpless,
+when friendless and without a ray of hope, you came to me as an angel of
+mercy, you took me into your house, and during my residence under your
+hospitable roof, Mrs. Jones and you have treated me as if I were your
+child. To you I shall always feel grateful; and come what may, your
+image will ever repose in my heart of hearts.”
+
+“Tut, tut! my boy, our kindness is nothing. If we have succeeded in
+making you happy, and in giving you a start in life, is not that a
+sufficient reward? But our little attention requites in a very small
+degree the obligations which I am under to your noble father’s family. I
+am still their debtor to an amount I shall never be able to repay.”
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+_THE VICTORY OF INNOCENCE_.
+
+
+The establishment of Messrs. Davies, Roberts & Company, was situated in
+one of those narrow streets, and was one of those dark and dingy-looking
+buildings, which were far from being uncommon in old London. The
+premises, however, were large and commodious, and were specially adapted
+for their important trade. When Cadwgan saw it for the first time,
+namely, on the morning succeeding the conversation between Mr. Jones and
+himself recorded in the previous chapter, he was painfully struck with
+the contrast it presented with his own light and airy home, surrounded as
+that home was by rich fields of pasture land and trees of every kind and
+hue. However, he was by no means disheartened, and was far from disposed
+to give up the contest in life’s battle without a struggle, so he entered
+the building with his friend Mr. Jones cheerfully, and presently was
+asked into the presence of Mr. Roberts, the head of the firm.
+
+“And this is the young gentleman you spoke to me about, friend Jones?”
+
+“Yes. Mr. Cadwgan Wynn. I hope for the sake of our common country and
+our friendship, that you will not be unmindful of his interest.”
+
+“His progress here, friend Jones, will depend wholly upon himself. If he
+prove himself quick, painstaking, and honest, he shall not want a
+friend.”
+
+“His honesty and rectitude I will guarantee; and methinks as he comes
+from a shrewd stock, he will, with a few years’ experience, prove a
+valuable hand,—one whom it will be difficult for you to do without.”
+
+“I am aware, Jones, that I can fully rely on your recommendation. Now,
+Mr. Wynn, when will you be ready to go into harness?”
+
+“I am prepared, sir, to commence my duties at once. If convenient for
+you to make arrangements, I’ll remain here to-day.”
+
+“By all means remain. Come, follow me, and I will introduce you to Mr.
+McLiver, our chief cashier, in whose department you will be engaged for
+the present.”
+
+Mr. McLiver was a Scotchman, who had been in the service of the firm many
+years. From almost the lowest place, he had risen step by step until he
+attained the most important post in the house. In him the firm had
+unbounded confidence, and as he apparently managed his department with
+skill and economy Mr. Roberts permitted him to select nearly the whole of
+the clerks attached thereto. In less than two years from the date of his
+appointment to his present post he had managed, by hook or by crook, to
+get rid of nearly the whole of the old hands, and their places he
+supplied with Scotchmen of his own kith and kin. From the first day of
+entering the office, Mr. McLiver regarded Cadwgan as an intruder, an
+interloper; hence he looked upon the youth with aversion, and availed
+himself of every opportunity to vex and annoy him. But this was not all.
+Any little mistake Mr. Wynn might make in his books or accounts, was
+carried to Mr. Roberts. But to these complaints he turned a deaf ear,
+while at the same time he strictly enjoined upon Mr. McLiver to take all
+possible care to have Cadwgan thoroughly instructed in all business
+matters; above all, that he should be made a good accountant. Though the
+Scotchman faithfully promised to carry out to the letter his employer’s
+instructions, yet he intentionally refrained from doing so; while he
+continued to annoy the youth by making personal allusions to his country,
+and on more than one occasion he called him a Welsh blockhead. Of his
+conduct Cadwgan never made any complaint, nor did he make the slightest
+allusion to it, even to Mr. Jones. He worked on, was constantly
+labouring at his books and accounts, and in spite of the cashier he soon
+became a first-rate accountant. Before he had been in the establishment
+five years, he was the best man in the house as regarded profound
+knowledge of intricate details.
+
+On the afternoon of the fifth anniversary of his official life, Mr.
+Roberts called Cadwgan into his private office, and expressed to him the
+high opinion he had formed of his ability and character; and to his great
+surprise informed him that being about to rearrange the work of the
+office, he had resolved to divide the office work into sections, and that
+it was his (Mr. Roberts’) intention and wish that he should take the
+position of chief accountant in the establishment, and that there would
+be a number of clerks under him; that for the future Mr. McLiver would
+simply receive moneys due to the firm, and pay all demands against it,
+but all accounts must pass through the hands of the accountants, which
+should bear the chief’s signature as being correct.
+
+Cadwgan’s eyes filled with tears on being apprized of his promotion to so
+important a post, and he thanked Mr. Roberts from his heart of hearts for
+his confidence and kindness.
+
+The morning on which Mr. Wynn was to commence his new duties, Mr. McLiver
+repaired to Mr. Roberts’ private office, where he found that gentleman
+occupying his usual seat, engaged in reading the money article of that
+morning’s _Times_. Addressing that gentleman in a somewhat peremptory
+manner, he said he had just stepped in to ask if it was really true that
+the young Welshman was to be placed in such an important and responsible
+position in the establishment.
+
+“It is quite true, Mr. McLiver. The appointment has already been made,
+and in the opinion of my son and myself Mr. Wynn has richly earned the
+post assigned him. We are of opinion that, of all the clerks, he is by
+far the best qualified to discharge the duties of the office.”
+
+“But consider, sir, my many years of faithful service in your house. I
+think that service merits some consideration from you.”
+
+“But what is your wish, Mr. McLiver?”
+
+“My wish, sir, is, that you confer this appointment upon my cousin. He
+has been longer in your employ than Wynn, and I am sure he possesses
+ability far superior to that of this young man.”
+
+“That is quite impossible, Mr. McLiver. Mr. Wynn’s appointment has
+already been made, and he has been duly informed of my resolve. In fact
+he has accepted our offer.”
+
+“In that case, sir, I fear I must send in my resignation. I could not
+think of having my books and accounts overhauled by this intruder.”
+
+“You may leave, sir, if you wish; and I will give you a cheque for your
+quarter’s salary.”
+
+“Am I right then in concluding you have lost confidence in me? Are you
+desirous that the connection between us be severed?”
+
+“By no means, sir. If you leave, it will be your own act and deed.”
+
+“Then you wish me to remain in your service?”
+
+“Of course I do, Mr. McLiver. But you will bear in mind that all my
+arrangements and plans must be carried out to the letter. There must be
+no divided authority here, so long as I’m master. I desire you to
+confine yourself, wholly, to the duties of your department, which require
+your undivided attention; and I will be answerable for the proper
+discharge of the duties of the new accountant’s office.”
+
+“I bow to your decision, Mr. Roberts, and hope you will not have any
+cause to regret the arrangements you have made.”
+
+“Of that, sir, time will tell. You, Mr. McLiver, will not have to make
+up my loss.”
+
+McLiver, finding it was useless to press the matter further, wished his
+chief good morning, and returned to his own office in a very bad humour.
+
+On entering, he uttered the most awful imprecations against Welshmen in
+general, and Mr. Wynn in particular. He swore that he would be revenged.
+He turned to his cousin, and thus addressed him:—
+
+“It is owing to you, you d—d scoundrel, that I owe my present disgrace.”
+
+“To me, sir! What the d—l do you mean?”
+
+“I mean, Donald, that if you had been steady and honest and plodding,
+this calamity would not have befallen our clan.”
+
+“A fellow must have a spree, McLiver, now and then. That is human
+nature.”
+
+“D—n human nature! Donald, you talk like a fool.”
+
+“I’m sorry for you, cousin. I’m truly sorry for you.”
+
+“It is a d—d bad job for me, that you have indulged in dissipation to the
+extent you have.”
+
+“But old Roberts has paid the piper, Mac, though he little suspects it.
+He is little aware where the money comes from to keep up your grand
+establishment. If he knew all wouldn’t there be a jolly blow up!”
+
+“You son of paupers, you parish ’prentice, if you talk to me in that way
+I’ll knock your b—y head off your shoulders, by G—d I’ll do it, though
+you be my father’s brother’s son.”
+
+“Come, come, cousin; it won’t do for thee and me to quarrel and fall out
+now. We’ve sailed too long in the same boat—I mean, we’ve dipped our
+fingers too deeply in the same till to peach upon each other, or to
+quarrel. Methinks our present duty is to guard against being found out.”
+
+“Your advice is good, Donald; but that our delinquencies will come to the
+knowledge of old Roberts, d—n him, is a matter of certainty. That young
+Welsh nincompoop imp has his eyes everywhere; his ears are always open.
+I should not be at all surprised even if our present talk reached him.
+For us it was an evil day when he came here. If I were sure of not being
+found out, I’d soon put an end to his presence.”
+
+“Bad as I am, cousin, I’d not commit murder. That we must not do. Our
+best plan is to concoct some scheme to dethrone this upstart. Old
+Roberts has willed he should reign over us; be it our mission to bring
+him to the dust.”
+
+“A good suggestion, Donald. By gam! we must take care, though, to lay
+the snare well so as to be certain of our bird.”
+
+ * * * * *
+
+During several months succeeding the above conversation the business of
+the house of Davies, Roberts & Company went on in its usual quiet way,
+but in those months the young Welshman and his staff had succeeded in
+overhauling the books of the firm for several years. At the accounts
+they had worked night and day. When the investigation had been completed
+his clerks knew nothing about the result, nor indeed of the object which
+they had in view in making so strict an investigation. So far Mr. Wynn
+had discovered defalcations amounting to nearly £20,000, though the
+bottom of the peculation had not yet been reached. The books showed that
+McLiver had carried on his swindling in a regularly systematic manner,
+and had escaped detection for the reason that all his subordinates, which
+made up nearly the whole staff, were creatures of his own—principally his
+own kith and kin. When Cadwgan had completed his labours, he had
+ascertained, beyond the shadow of a doubt, that the amount abstracted was
+£24,500. During the months he had been engaged in auditing the books,
+Cadwgan had made certain inquiries of houses with which his employers had
+had business transactions, so he was in a position to prove by written
+evidence the particulars and the exact sum of each fraudulent
+transaction. These inquiries had been carried on privately; neither to
+Mr. Roberts, nor to any member of his staff, had he let fall a word
+calculated to awaken suspicion. It was late on a Saturday night when
+Cadwgan finished his labours. When descending from his office down to
+the large entrance hall, with his papers in his hand, he was surprised to
+find Mr. McLiver and his cousin Donald there. They did not stop to
+speak, but passed on into their own office. As they heard Mr. Wynn,
+before he descended, shut his office door and lock it, they naturally
+concluded he was the last person in the buildings. Presently, McLiver
+and Donald left the house together, the porter closing the door on their
+descending into the street.
+
+That evening was anxiously spent by Mr. Wynn. He retired to rest late,
+but slept not. That the facts he possessed would be most damaging to his
+arch-enemy there could be no doubt; that he might possibly be the means
+of saving his employers from being ruined, was in his judgment equally
+certain.
+
+On the following Sunday morning Cadwgan paid a visit to his friend Mr.
+Owen Jones, to whom he revealed the state of affairs of the firm. Mr.
+Jones was a man of the world, and, moreover, was a wise and sagacious man
+of business. After talking over the matter, it was arranged that Mr.
+Jones should accompany his young friend to the establishment of Messrs.
+Davies, Roberts & Company the next morning, when the whole facts should
+be placed before Mr. Roberts.
+
+On their arrival at the establishment on Monday morning, Mr. Jones and
+Cadwgan at once went to Mr. Roberts’ private office, when that gentleman
+looked at Mr. Wynn with a hard and scowling brow. As Mr. Jones had
+always experienced the greatest kindness from Mr. Roberts (they had been
+more like brothers than friends), he was surprised and astonished in
+observing his altered look, and boldly asked the cause of his seeming
+displeasure.
+
+“Cause, sir!” exclaimed Mr. Roberts. “Did you say cause! There is
+methinks enough of cause! To be robbed of £3000 by this young man, whom
+you introduced to me, for whom I have done so much, whose interest and
+welfare I have done so much to promote—’tis enough to make me curse the
+day on which I was weak and foolish enough to comply with your pressing
+request to take him into my service. Cause, indeed! To be robbed thus
+is a sufficient cause for my anger.”
+
+“Did you say, sir,” remarked Cadwgan, “that I had robbed you of £3000?”
+
+“Certainly, I said so. And you don’t deny it.”
+
+“I emphatically deny your charge, sir, and demand the name of my
+accuser.”
+
+“I accuse you, sir. Is not that enough?”
+
+“But, Mr. Roberts, you are a just man, and I presume you will not condemn
+me before placing in my possession the evidence upon which your judgment
+rests.”
+
+“My informant, sir, is my confidential clerk, Mr. McLiver. He is
+prepared to swear to the fact of your being the robber, and his cousin
+Donald will corroborate his statement.”
+
+McLiver was then summoned by Mr. Roberts; and in reply to his inquiries
+stated, that on the previous Saturday evening he and his cousin had
+secreted themselves in the house, that during the time they were in their
+hiding-place Mr. Wynn came down from his own room and went into the
+cashier’s office, and by means of false keys opened the safe and rifled
+the drawers of their contents, which he put into a bag, then retired. He
+continued to say, that he and his cousin waited there some time, that Mr.
+Wynn went back to his own office, and afterwards came down stairs with
+the bag in his hand, which was so heavy that he was almost weighed down.
+He left the office taking the bag of gold with him. Donald corroborated
+his cousin’s statement.
+
+Mr. Jones, as was natural, appeared much excited during the Scotchman’s
+narrative. He almost believed in his young friend’s guilt, because the
+evidence was so direct and circumstantial. Mr. Wynn stood calm and
+collected; he never moved during the few minutes which the delivery of
+the evidence against him occupied, though his dark piercing eye, intently
+fixed upon McLiver, made that man quail beneath its penetrating glance.
+When they had finished their story, Mr. Wynn asked his employer’s
+permission to call evidence in his favour,—a request which was readily
+acceded to, because he really loved the youth. He then called into the
+office, one by one, six of his confidential clerks, the gentlemen who had
+been specially engaged with him in investigating the old accounts, who,
+in reply to his question, said that Mr. Wynn never left the office until
+his final departure, which was very late, and that they watched him going
+out though unperceived. The care-taker gave evidence that Mr. Wynn did
+not return after his departure. When they had completed the evidence,
+Mr. McLiver asked, “And what were you doing at the office that time of
+night?”
+
+“We were engaged in making copies of important documents for Mr. Wynn.”
+
+“What became of those?” asked Mr. Roberts.
+
+“They were all put, sir, into Mr. Wynn’s bag.”
+
+“Who put them into the bag?”
+
+“We did, sir,” replied Mr. Williams.
+
+“Was the bag locked, Mr. Williams?”
+
+“Yes, sir, it was locked; and the key has been in my possession since.”
+
+“Before we examine the contents of the bag I wish to know if you are
+quite sure that Mr. Wynn did not leave the office during any portion of
+the evening, that is, before his final departure; and that you and your
+fellow-clerks saw him out.”
+
+They replied, that they were prepared to make oath on the point.
+
+“Why did you watch his departure?” asked Mr. Roberts.
+
+“I had overheard a conversation,” said Mr. Williams, the clerk of Mr.
+Wynn’s department, “between Mr. McLiver and his cousin Donald, in which
+certain threatening words were used towards Mr. Wynn. We watched his
+departure, thinking it quite possible that they might be lurking about
+the buildings in order to effect his ruin.”
+
+When McLiver and Donald heard the above evidence they became agitated,
+and their faces became as white as snow. Mr. Roberts scarcely knew what
+to do. After considering a few minutes, he turned to McLiver, saying, “I
+fear your tale is untrue; for these six gentlemen, whom I have always
+found truthful and honourable, have in the most direct manner flatly
+contradicted you in every particular. I hope you and your cousin have
+not conspired to injure this young man.”
+
+“You have hit the right nail on the head this time,” said Mr. Jones, “and
+no mistake. But is this £3000 the whole of your loss, friend Roberts?”
+
+“The whole as far as I know.”
+
+“Happy man! what a blessed thing it is to be rich, and unable to reckon
+up the whole of one’s profits.”
+
+“I suppose, Jones,” remarked Mr. Roberts pettishly, “you wouldn’t like to
+lose £3000.”
+
+“I am afraid, my friend, you will find your loss not £3000, but nine
+times three, if the £3000 has really disappeared.”
+
+“What do you really mean, Jones? You appear to know more of my affairs
+than I know myself.”
+
+“In a few words, I mean to say, Roberts, that that immaculate gentleman,
+the accuser of my young friend here, who is also the best friend you ever
+had, has robbed you to the tune of some £25,000, in addition to this
+£3000; for I presume he has taken that sum too; and Mr. Wynn has evidence
+in his bag,—it is still locked,—which will completely substantiate the
+fact. When you know the whole, you’ll bless the day, friend Roberts, on
+which my child was introduced into your establishment.”
+
+“For the present we will suspend our judgment. Jones, Mr. Wynn, all of
+you, go to Mr. Wynn’s office. We will compare Mr. Wynn’s papers with our
+ledgers and day books.” The bag was unlocked, and paper after paper was
+produced, and document after document submitted for inspection and
+comparison. Cadwgan detailed step by step his proceedings in order to
+ascertain the exact sum total of the money abstracted by Mr. McLiver and
+Donald. After he had gone through these, he produced the documents and
+vouchers he had collected from firms with which Messrs. Davies, Roberts &
+Company had had transactions, and on being compared with the ledger, it
+was found that in many cases the actual sum paid to merchants for goods
+did not amount to a moiety of the sum inserted in the ledger. The
+evidence of McLiver’s guilt was overwhelming. When Mr. Roberts saw this,
+he took Mr. Wynn into his arms, embraced him as if he was his own child,
+and with tears in his eyes besought his pardon for having for a moment
+entertained suspicions of his honesty and rectitude.
+
+“The matter to me is now made plain. The real culprit is the man whom I
+regarded as upright, pure, and honest. He has shamefully abused my
+confidence. To him I entrusted my money; and what, sir,” turning to
+McLiver, “have you to say in your defence?”
+
+“I will neither acknowledge nor deny my guilt, sir, in the presence of
+that Welsh puppy, who is a wolf in sheep’s clothing, a caitiff cut-throat
+miscreant, a cunning, intriguing, and deceitful urchin from the Welsh
+mountains. When he meets me and Donald in the street, I promise him he
+shall be well paid for his treachery and circumvention.”
+
+“That is,” said Mr. Roberts, “on condition you leave me a free man. For
+the present, sir, you must consider yourself and your cousin—I believe
+him to be equally guilty with yourself—in the hands of the authorities.
+The officers of justice are now in an adjoining room. They are there
+awaiting my orders. There is no occasion to detain them, as your guilt
+is but too clearly made out.”
+
+The door was then opened, and McLiver and Donald were placed in their
+charge, and were marched off to prison.
+
+On the room being cleared of the presence of all excepting Mr. Jones and
+Cadwgan, Mr. Roberts asked the latter how he had succeeded in making such
+important discoveries, and the reason which had moved him in entering
+upon an investigation which had cost him and his staff so much time and
+labour.
+
+“For a long time, sir, I have firmly believed in his dishonesty. In the
+first place, and this fact first awakened my suspicion, I, by means which
+it is unnecessary for me to detail, ascertained that he was keeping a
+grand house, and had livery servants and carriages, and gave grand
+parties, which I knew he could not do with £400 a year. His cousin,
+Donald, is a fast young man who spent his earnings in dissipation, and
+for years has been the constant companion of young men who are believed
+to live by swindling their respective employers. On making these
+discoveries, Mr. Sykes, who is an honest Yorkshireman, and my friend Mr.
+Williams, resolved to take special notice of their movements, and wisely
+kept records of what they saw and heard, which could at any time be
+produced in the event of anything turning up. We discovered first, that
+tea had been bought by your house of a very inferior quality, which was
+paid for at double the actual invoice price, and in some cases the charge
+was sixty per cent above the actual cost.”
+
+“But, Mr. Wynn, how did he manage this?”
+
+“Oh, easily enough, sir.”
+
+“But how?”
+
+“We found by inquiry, that McLiver had two relatives as cashiers in the
+houses with which you did business; and as all moneys passed through
+their hands, they could commit frauds to almost any extent without fear
+of being detected. They had confederates, so by acting together had but
+little difficulty in carrying out their system of plunder, especially as
+the books and accounts were under their control. When you made your new
+arrangements, they, that is, Mr. McLiver and Donald, were apprehensive
+that disclosures would be made, and you will remember, sir, that McLiver
+almost protested against your scheme.”
+
+“I well remember, Mr. Wynn, that he was terribly angry, but little did I
+then think that its cause originated in fear.”
+
+“After the appointment had been made, and we had entered upon our duties,
+Mr. Sykes ascertained—in short he overheard a conversation between the
+two in which certain threats were made towards me, and in that
+conversation McLiver and Donald upbraided each other about their
+peculation. We had thus sufficient evidence to warrant us in concluding
+that they had robbed you. Having discovered this, we then planned the
+investigation, which has occupied our evenings ever since. It was late
+on Saturday night when we arrived at the final result. The rest you
+know.”
+
+“Yes, yes, Cadwgan, I know the rest. In the presence of my dear and
+valued friend Jones, I offer you my humblest apology for having suspected
+you of dishonesty; I shall never be able to repay you for the services
+you have rendered me.”
+
+“I’m repaid already by your confidence and esteem.”
+
+“And hereafter, Mr. Wynn, I will seek to do so in a more substantial way.
+But tell me, what can you possibly know about the quality of tea? You
+remarked just now it was inferior; how did you ascertain this?”
+
+“I know the quality of teas by the smell.” {178}
+
+“By the smell!”
+
+“Yes, sir; by the smell.”
+
+“Is that really so?”
+
+“Yes, sir.”
+
+“Here are two samples: please give me your judgment upon them.”
+
+Mr. Wynn took the samples, and having smelt them, returned them to his
+employer, saying, this is worth so much, the other sample is not worth
+buying.
+
+“Well, Mr. Wynn, I am satisfied, and more than satisfied, with your
+conduct during the years you have been in our house. For your goodness,
+and the deep interest you have taken in all matters connected with my
+affairs, from the bottom of my heart I thank you. You are necessarily
+agitated by reason of the scene through which you have just passed. You
+must be fatigued too by reason of the extra work you have, for my sake,
+imposed upon yourself. I cannot now say in what way I shall reward you,
+but if you and friend Jones will come and dine at my house (bring Mrs.
+Jones and your daughter with you), I will then tell you the course I
+shall adopt, and the arrangements I propose to make with reference to
+your position and prospects. Your disinterested service calls for an
+ample reward.”
+
+“I require no reward, Mr. Roberts,” said Cadwgan. “I have simply done my
+duty.”
+
+“Well, well, Mr. Wynn, you may think so. You must not, however, condemn
+me for holding the contrary opinion.”
+
+“I should esteem it a favour, sir, if you would give Mr. Sykes and Mr.
+Williams a holiday. They are not well, and I fear the pressure upon them
+during the past few weeks has overtaxed their strength.”
+
+“By all means let them go. Please give them this, and tell them it is a
+small token of my high appreciation of their conduct.”
+
+Mr. Wynn was delighted at being made the channel of Mr. Roberts’s
+communication. When the papers were opened, it was found that they were
+two £10 Bank of England notes. On receiving the gift, the Yorkshireman
+held it up, and said,—“I little expected this.” Mr. Williams, too, was
+equally surprised. They then wished each other good morning, and it need
+hardly be said that Mr. Wynn’s assistants thoroughly enjoyed their day’s
+trip to Windsor.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+_THE RIGHT MAN COMING AT THE RIGHT TIME_.
+
+
+“Is it not strange, dear aunt,” said Gwenfan, “that Cadwgan has been so
+long silent? We have not heard from him for more than a month. He might
+just have sent a line to say he was well, and when we may expect him?”
+
+“Cadwgan, my dear child, has now a great deal to do. Since his
+promotion, doubtless his time is fully occupied.”
+
+“I should like to see a likeness of the young lady to whom he refers in
+his letters. If the description he gives be anything approaching the
+truth, she must be queen both in personal appearance and purity of mind.”
+
+“Do you refer to Miss Jones, my child?”
+
+“Yes, aunt bach; I refer certainly to her. I think my naughty brother is
+in love with her.”
+
+“It will be an excellent match, Gwenfan, for Miss Jones is an only child
+of very rich parents.”
+
+“I was not aware, aunt, that Mr. Jones was a person of great wealth,
+though I thought he was well to do.”
+
+“It is said, that her papa will give her £50,000 on the morning of her
+marriage, with the certainty of farther expectations.”
+
+“Well, I should like to see Cadwgan settled, if he had a kind, good, and
+loving wife. For myself, aunty, I intend to remain single, and be like
+you, an old maid.”
+
+“Oh, you do, do you? You will alter your opinion, I’ll be bound when the
+right man comes.”
+
+“But will the right man come, aunty? Never, never, say I.”
+
+“Oh, the right man will certainly come, Gwenfan. I declare there he is.
+Look! look! be quick! Why, he is coming here. If you wish to escape his
+net, fly, my niece, at once to your room.”
+
+“Fly? I will not do that, aunty,” said Gwenfan, laughing. “Though
+perhaps we had better retire and prepare ourselves to receive him.”
+
+“Well thought of, my child; and tell the servant, if he seeks us, to show
+him into the drawing-room, where we will presently join him.”
+
+When the servant opened the door, the young gentleman inquired if Miss
+Wynn were within, as he wished to see her on a matter of some importance.
+Receiving a reply in the affirmative, the servant conducted the stranger
+to the drawing-room, on entering which he took a seat in the great
+bay-window, from which he gazed on the glorious prospect around. So
+enchanted was he with the sight, the exquisite beauty of the scene, that
+he did not notice the entrance of the ladies, who had been a few minutes
+in the room before he became aware of their presence. At last Miss Aunt
+Wynn approached the chair on which he was seated, when the ruffle of her
+dress awoke him from his reverie. He then rose, apologised for his
+abrupt visit, but excused himself by saying that circumstances had
+occurred which had compelled him to alter his original arrangement, hence
+he found himself there two days earlier than he had expected.
+
+“But ladies, in my having to apologise, I forget to introduce myself. My
+name is Rhys Roberts, and I presume,” pointing to the young lady standing
+by her aunt’s chair, “that she is your niece, Miss Gwenfan Wynn.”
+
+“Yes, sir; this young lady is my niece.”
+
+“I thought so. She is the very image of her brother.”
+
+“And do you know my brother?” asked Gwenfan.
+
+“Know him! He is my father’s chief hand, and my most intimate friend.”
+
+“When did you see or hear from my brother, sir?”
+
+“When I left London, we arranged to meet here. I have been expecting a
+letter from him daily, but no letter has reached me. I cannot think what
+has become of him. It is quite possible he may be detained on important
+business. He had a very important matter in hand when I left.”
+
+“We have not heard from him,” said the aunt, “for a month, and his sister
+and I are getting very anxious about him.”
+
+“You need not, ladies, be in any alarm. During the last month, he has
+been working night and day, and has had scarcely a moment to spare. He
+has now completed his labours, so on Monday, or on Tuesday next at the
+farthest, you may expect him.”
+
+“In that case, we shall have the pleasure of your company until his
+arrival,” remarked the aunt. “My nephew’s friend will ever receive here
+a hearty welcome.”
+
+“I’m extremely obliged to you, madam, for your kind offer of hospitality,
+and as I wish, and am most anxious, to pay a visit to the most remarkable
+places in your neighbourhood, I embrace your kind offer, if you and Miss
+Gwenfan will promise to act as my cicerones, as doubtless you are
+thoroughly acquainted with every nook and corner of the country where the
+beauteous spots are to be found.”
+
+“We shall, sir,” said the ladies, “be delighted to show you the most
+romantic spots to be found in wild Wales. For grandeur and bold scenery
+our neighbourhood has no equal. But, Mr. Roberts, you must judge for
+yourself. When you have traversed our mountains and valleys, our high
+hills and sylvan glades, you will say that the beauties of the
+surrounding scene are beyond the descriptive powers of the most eloquent
+pen of this age.”
+
+During the few days of their tour, they visited Bettws-y-Coed, Capel
+Curig, the Swallow Falls, Pont Aberglaslyn, Llyngwynant, Tan y Bwlch,
+Maentwrog, Ffestiniog, Rhayadr Ddû, Tremadoc, Harlech, and Aberdovy,
+returning late on Saturday night from the latter town. Both the ladies
+and Mr. Roberts had thoroughly enjoyed their outing; the latter
+especially, having now for the first time beheld the scenes, was charmed
+with the grand sights which he had beheld.
+
+During this excursion there had sprung up, unconsciously to himself, a
+feeling of more than respect for Miss Gwenfan, whilst she and her aunt
+concluded that Mr. Roberts was one of the most kind-hearted, generous,
+and amiable young gentlemen with whom they had ever come in contact. It
+must, too, be owned that Mr. Roberts had awakened in her young heart
+emotions of a kind, and in a degree, to which that heart had been
+previously a stranger.
+
+When Mr. Roberts retired to his dressing-room he wrote in his diary the
+following sentence: “Happy, thrice happy, will be the man who secures
+such a prize as Miss Gwenfan! In her heart is lodged the deepest
+reverence for truth, for virtue, and religion. She is, too, as beautiful
+as she is good. Her attachment to and admiration of her native country
+and its people is as deep and as enthusiastic as was that of the glorious
+old patriots of olden times. Then the days I have passed in her society
+have been the happiest I ever spent. I can hardly realize the happiness
+I have enjoyed. They are like a dream, though in the foreground of the
+vision there stands the good and beautiful maiden, with her curly locks,
+her auburn hair, her dark eye, and a countenance as clear as the crystal
+streamlet. In spite of myself I love her. I now retire to rest. May
+her dreams be as pleasant as I hope mine will be!”
+
+At breakfast, on the following Sabbath morning, Mr. Roberts asked the
+ladies if they would accompany him to the Methodist Church, at Tan y
+Bwlch, as he was particularly desirous of hearing the Rev. Thomas
+Charles, of Bala, who at that time was considered one of the most eminent
+clergymen in Wales.
+
+“It is fortunate, Mr. Roberts, you put the question to us,” replied the
+ladies.
+
+“And why?”
+
+“Oh, you have simply anticipated us in your request.”
+
+“Then you had arranged to go?”
+
+“Yes, conditionally on your accompanying us to hear that great and good
+man.”
+
+“I am delighted, madam, in the prospect of seeing and hearing one so
+distinguished for learning and piety, one who has made so many sacrifices
+for the spiritual welfare of his countrymen.”
+
+On their arrival at the church they found it crammed to suffocation,
+scarcely a single inch remained unoccupied. However, as the Misses Wynn
+and Mr. Roberts came in a carriage, and Bryn Villa being always open to
+receive clergymen of this and all other denominations, the deacons
+managed to find them seats. Mr. Charles’ discourse was above the
+average; some of the passages were most eloquent, and many members of the
+congregation were bathed in tears.
+
+On their way home Mr. Roberts referred to a passage in Mr. Charles’
+sermon, which he considered most beautiful. “You remember he said,
+‘implicitly to follow the counsel of the best and wisest of men, is to
+depend on an arm of flesh. They only are right and safe who make God’s
+glory their end, God’s word their rule, God’s spirit the guide of their
+actions, and God’s providence the guide of their affairs. They may not
+be led by the nearest, but they will be by the best road; as it will
+certainly appear when they come to their journey’s end.’ If the
+Christian Church, and if all religious people were to act according to
+Mr. Charles’ sublime idea, the race would be happier than it is. The
+standard he set before us is a high one. I’ve found it difficult to live
+up to it.”
+
+“I have no doubt you have, Mr. Roberts,” remarked the aunt. “We must,
+however, do our best, then Heaven will surely smile upon us, though we
+but imperfectly perform our religious duty.”
+
+“It is that thought, madam, which cheers me in my hour of gloom and
+sadness. I often think that I should have given up striving to live to
+God were it not for the glorious promises He has given His Church and
+people. In my endeavour to attain to the highest form of spiritual life,
+your nephew, Miss Wynn, your dear brother, Miss Gwenfan, has helped me by
+his wise counsel, while his deep religiousness and high Christian
+character have been incentives to me to aspire to reach the highest
+good.”
+
+The reference to her brother brought tears to Gwenfan’s eyes. Ever since
+he had left home, she had prayed every night and morning that he might be
+kept from evil, kept unspotted from the world, kept safely in the
+pavilion of the unseen and eternal.
+
+Mr. Roberts, seeing the young lady in tears, asked if he could in any way
+alleviate her sorrow; but she at once replied,—
+
+“I weep not, sir, because my heart is sad. I am almost overcome with joy
+by reason of your reference to dear Cadwgan. Oh, I do rejoice with
+unspeakable satisfaction, that he has not forgotten the holy lessons our
+dear parents taught us. Though they are gone, I feel their spirits often
+visit us, and I think they watch over us with the same care and
+solicitude as when they were present in the flesh.”
+
+“Happy, my dear Miss Wynn, must be the brother whose beloved sister,
+living here amongst the Welsh mountains, prays daily for his welfare. I
+can bear testimony to his practical piety, his eminent godliness, his
+deep devotional spirit. He has taught me to love and adore the Name
+which is above every name. There is, too, a fragrance about Cadwgan’s
+acts and life. Truly has he been the guide of my inexperience, my
+counsellor, my friend. During the past three years, scarcely a day has
+passed without our having conversation on the highest things. Since we
+parted the other day, I have missed him much. Oh, I wish he had come!
+But there _is_ your brother. Look! He is waiting our return.”
+
+In a moment afterward Cadwgan and his sister were locked in each other’s
+arms.
+
+During the following week Miss Gwenfan Wynn and Mr. Roberts were almost
+constantly together; and it must be owned that there grew up between
+those two young and innocent hearts a feeling more warm, more ardent, and
+more fervent than usually exists between friends and acquaintances; a
+feeling which if permitted to ripen and develop, would result in the
+union of heart with heart, soul with soul,—a feeling the intensity of
+which would survive even the tomb.
+
+After the happy days thus spent together, Miss Wynn one evening remarked
+to her niece, “Has not the right man come, my child? I suppose I shall
+hear no more of your living the life of an old maid?”
+
+“Oh, aunt, you are too cruel. I like Mr. Roberts much, but only as
+Cadwgan’s friend.”
+
+“Well, well; we shall see what we shall see. You will be Mrs. Roberts
+one of these days. There, don’t blush my child. There is no harm in
+your loving so noble a youth.”
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+_VIRTUE REWARDED_.
+
+
+On leaving the warehouse one evening, soon after his return from Wales,
+Mr. Roberts remarked, “You must dine with us to-morrow, Mr. Wynn, and my
+old friend Jones will accompany you. He has already arranged to form one
+of our party, and I am glad for my own sake and yours that we shall have
+the pleasure of his society. He is one of the best men I know in this
+huge city.”
+
+As soon as the ladies had retired, Mr. Roberts pushed the bottle to Mr.
+Jones, with the observation, “This is your favourite wine, and please to
+make yourself as free with it as you’re welcome. I think Mr. Wynn and
+you, my son, prefer sherry. I’ll try port, which is my favourite drink.”
+
+After a general conversation on the general topics of the day, Mr.
+Roberts turned to Mr. Jones, and said that he thanked him most gratefully
+for having pleaded so eloquently the claims of his young friend, Wynn.
+“You will doubtless remember, Jones, that I was most unwilling to receive
+him into the establishment, in the first place on his own account;
+secondly, I did not consider mine a proper place for a young gentleman of
+his social position. You, however, urged his claims, and considering our
+personal friendship, and my previous connection with the Wynn family, I
+at last reluctantly yielded to your wishes, though in doing so I was
+perfectly aware that I should create in the mind of McLiver hostile
+feelings to myself and Cadwgan there. I little expected that my
+cashier’s objection would spring from conviction of wrongdoing. I
+believed in his integrity, and had confidence in his honesty; and as he
+apparently served me faithfully I was prepared to yield to some extent to
+his wishes, though he was well aware of my unbending disposition when
+once I had resolved to carry a particular point. McLiver having
+discovered my resolve to be Mr. Wynn’s friend, I must own that he did not
+oppose my wishes to the extent I at first anticipated.
+
+“Now from the first day on which Mr. Wynn entered upon his duties, I am
+bound to say that I found him plodding, persevering, and honest; his
+first and chief concern being to promote my interest. In this, he set us
+all an example we should do well to copy.
+
+“To the proceedings of the other day—a day which to me will be ever
+memorable, I will not allude further than to express a hope that I have
+Cadwgan’s complete pardon for having for once suspected his dishonesty.
+And this is a fitting occasion for me to thank you, Jones, for the deep
+interest you have shown in my affairs in connection with our young
+friend. Had Cadwgan not done what he did, the scoundrel’s rascality
+would in all probability have effected my ruin. But how came you, Mr.
+Wynn, to suspect his dishonesty?”
+
+“My tale, sir, is soon told,” remarked Cadwgan. “From time to time
+little things cropped up in connection with business transactions and in
+the accounts, the appearance of which I did not at all like. To my mind
+there was satisfactory and conclusive evidence that the man was not
+dealing honourably by you, and that you were a victim of his dishonesty.
+You must bear in mind this, I had but a suspicion. I could not prove
+that what I suspected was actual and real.
+
+“Being in a state of doubt, I really did not know what to do. I could
+not suggest my suspicion to you because the person was in your
+confidence. After thinking over the matter some days and nights I
+resolved to sound my fellow-clerks, Messrs. Sykes and Williams, for I
+knew I could depend on them. Strange to say they had long suspected his
+guilt, but were afraid to give expression to their opinion, because Mr.
+McLiver appeared all-powerful.
+
+“After a conference we agreed to get up evidence. We ascertained he was
+living at the rate of £2000 or £3000 a year, though he had no income but
+his salary. We found, too, that he paid for all goods when ordered. On
+making further inquiry we discovered that his cousin Donald, though he
+had a smaller salary than I had, spent several pounds weekly in
+dissipation.
+
+“Then the constant visits of relatives who are employed in similar
+establishments in the city, and the worthless stuff sent from the houses
+where they were engaged, these things awakened in my mind the strongest
+suspicion that the parties were conspiring together to rob you and their
+employers.
+
+“As the books were all in McLiver’s hands and under his control, we could
+do nothing; but when you appointed me to the post of accountant, Mr.
+Sykes, Mr. Williams, and myself resolved to ascertain if our suspicion
+was well founded. During the past three months we have given the whole
+of our spare time during the day to the past five years’ accounts, while
+we seldom left the office until late at night. The result of our labours
+you know. I fancy one of the clerks in my department must have told
+McLiver what we were doing, and doubtless his guilt awoke in his mind a
+sense of the dangerous position in which he had placed himself. Then in
+order if possible to crush me before the work was done, he and his cousin
+Donald concocted the charge against me—themselves being the robbers. I
+do not for a moment think they wished my punishment. What they did
+desire was to secure my expulsion from your establishment, that thus
+their malpractices might possibly remain undetected.”
+
+“But where are his relations employed, Mr. Wynn?” asked Mr. Roberts.
+
+“Mr. McNab, his uncle, is cashier to the Chinese Tea Company, and his
+brother is with Morant & Hogsflesh.”
+
+“Do you really believe these parties were confederates?”
+
+“No doubt of it, sir.”
+
+“In that case what would you advise?”
+
+“In justice to yourself and the high reputation of your house, it is your
+duty to furnish them with the whole of our discovered facts. It is
+important they should be informed of their servants’ dishonesty.”
+
+“By gad, Mr. Wynn, I’ll advise their punishment; and if their employers
+won’t do it, I will.”
+
+“I am afraid that your advice will be too late.”
+
+“How so, Cadwgan?”
+
+“Both have already fled to the Continent. It appears that they, like
+McLiver, helped themselves to their employers’ money before they went.”
+
+“But how did they find out McLiver was in prison, Mr. Wynn?”
+
+“Some one of your servants or clerks must have carried the news to them.”
+
+“We’ll get the scoundrels back, cost what it will. To-morrow the
+officers of justice shall fly in pursuit. We’ll find them somewhere.”
+
+“No doubt, sir, they deserve severe punishment, though I am sorry for
+McNab, because he has a large family, and in punishing him you will
+punish his innocent wife and children.”
+
+“They, Mr. Wynn, shall not come to want. While resolving to punish the
+guilty, I’ll see to the interests of the guiltless.”
+
+“Give me your hand, friend Roberts,” said Mr. Jones. “You are a noble
+fellow; your heart is in the right place; and I’ll join you in so holy a
+work.”
+
+“I must now turn,” said Mr. Roberts, “to a more pleasant theme. It has
+been by you, Mr. Wynn, I have been saved from ruin. You have business
+talents of a high order. I would trust you with untold gold. You have
+proved your fidelity and tact under circumstances the most trying. In
+our relationship I plainly see the finger of Heaven. I now plainly see
+that it is my interest no less than your own that our relationship should
+be closer than it has hitherto been. The business, as you are aware, is
+wholly my own. Thank Heaven, I possess all the wealth I desire.
+However, I love work, and at present I’m not quite prepared to throw off
+the harness. I shall do so, however, in a few years. In view of that
+day I think it well to prepare for it. I have therefore resolved to take
+into partnership my son Rhys and you, and we’ll take equal profits. The
+money in the business I shall regard as a set-off against your ability
+and talent, and when I go out I will leave in your joint hands the
+capital necessary for successfully carrying on the concern. Are you
+prepared, Mr. Wynn, to accept my offer?”
+
+“With deep gratitude and thanks I do indeed accept your offer, Mr.
+Roberts. I shall never be able to repay you for your goodness and
+kindness. To me you have been always kind, always generous, ever noble
+and disinterested. To Mr. Jones and you I owe my present position and
+the prospects before me. My gratitude, sir, I shall carry with me to the
+grave.”
+
+“I rejoice,” remarked Mr. Jones, who had hitherto been an almost silent
+listener, “to see this day, and I shall pray Heaven that the sun of
+prosperity may ever continue to shine on your concern, and that never an
+incident may occur calculated to disturb the kindly feeling and mutual
+confidence between you, friend Roberts, and your new partners.”
+
+“To that, Jones, I say amen. Still I think there is not much danger on
+that score. We all know each other; that’s an important point. Unless
+my suspicions are wrong, which I think is not likely, that roving son of
+mine has managed to fall in love; and I warn you, Mr. Wynn, especially if
+you desire your sister to become your little housekeeper, to take care of
+her. If you don’t do so, his siege on her heart’s citadel will prove, I
+fear, successful. Well, I forgive him for making love without his
+father’s permission; and you, Mr. Wynn, must pardon him too.”
+
+ * * * * *
+
+“Now, Mr. Wynn, in view of our new arrangements, what alterations would
+you propose in the conduct of the business, bearing this in mind, that
+you will have to undertake the purchase of all goods?”
+
+“In that case, Mr. Roberts, I recommend your appointing Mr. Williams to
+the office I now fill. He is a relative of yours, and is a thoroughly
+competent man. Then Mr. Sykes would succeed McLiver. His honesty and
+integrity are beyond question. Had it not been for their able
+assistance, I should never have succeeded in unravelling the mysteries of
+your affairs.”
+
+“Your proposal, Mr. Wynn, does infinite credit to your sagacity. Let the
+arrangements be carried out at once. The deed of partnership has already
+been prepared, and now awaits your signature. My son signed it before he
+left on his recent tour.”
+
+Under the new management, the company of Roberts, Wynn & Roberts, grew
+mightily. From one end of the kingdom to the other their teas were in
+great repute. They had for their patrons royal princes and the nobles of
+the land. The demand grew year after year, and the increased sale
+brought large additional profits. During the fifth year of the
+partnership, these profits amounted to £45,000, though Mr. Wynn did not
+take above £750, one half of which he sent his aunt and sister for their
+use. Cadwgan had during those five years put by £55,000.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+_THE LOST INHERITANCE REGAINED_.
+
+
+The day previous to the return of Mr. Wynn and young Roberts to town,
+they went out alone for a stroll. They took the road leading to Pont
+Aberglaslyn, and as both gentlemen were excellent pedestrians, they soon
+arrived at that exquisitely beautiful glen. When on the bridge, they
+gazed in silence for some minutes on the dark mad water beneath. After
+some minutes’ silence, Mr. Wynn asked his friend if he had previously
+visited the glen.
+
+“Yes; I have been here once, Cadwgan.”
+
+“Don’t you think it’s a charming spot?”
+
+“In my judgment, Cadwgan, this is the grandest scene in all Wales.”
+
+“Then you prefer it to Bettws-y-Coed?”
+
+“I do. This place has a charm for me which that sylvan vale has not.”
+
+“So it has for me, my friend. The meandering river flowing down this
+valley, the high hills on either side of the glen, the stupendous and
+overhanging rocks, with a thousand different colours, foliage, trees,
+shrubs, and mosses, with grand old Snowdon in the distance: these, and
+early recollections and associations, have rendered this place dearer to
+me than all other scenes in my dear native land. I am glad that our
+views of this delectable valley are identical, though I cannot convey to
+you the depth of my emotion in contemplating the scene.”
+
+“Cadwgan,” replied Mr. Roberts, “the spot on which I now stand is as dear
+to me as my life. You have been my adviser, my counsellor, my friend—ay,
+more than a brother to me. Oh, advise me how to act! I confessed here
+to your sister my love, and offered her my hand and heart. I asked her
+to become mine; but oh, Cadwgan, she rejected my offer!”
+
+“Did she, that is, my sister, give any reason for declining your offer?”
+
+“Indeed she did not.”
+
+“Did she tell you she was engaged already?”
+
+“Nay; she told me she was free.”
+
+“Did you ask her for an immediate answer?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+“What was her reply?”
+
+“That she could not be mine.”
+
+“Then she gave you no other reason?”
+
+“No, no, Cadwgan; but was not that enough? Since then I’ve been the most
+miserable of men. Oh, you must dissuade her from acting towards me so
+cruelly.”
+
+“I am glad, Roberts, my sister acted as she did, though I deeply regret
+the pain her refusal has occasioned you. I blame you for confessing your
+love, though I do not blame you for feeling admiration for my dear
+sister.”
+
+“I take it, Cadwgan, you are not favourable to my suit.”
+
+“So far from being unfavourable, my dear Roberts, I will confess to you
+that I know of no one whom I should so like to have for a brother as
+yourself.”
+
+“Then you are willing for me to renew my suit hereafter?”
+
+“Most willing.”
+
+“But you have expressed your approval of your sister’s rejection of my
+suit?”
+
+“Yes.”
+
+“You are incomprehensible to me. Pray explain yourself, my dear
+Cadwgan.”
+
+“I’ll do so in a few words. Before I can permit my dear sister to
+entertain your proposal, your father must be fully informed of your
+intention. His views of such an alliance might be very different from
+yours. He might wish you to marry the daughter of a wealthy city
+merchant, therefore he would regard your proposal as foolish and
+imprudent.”
+
+“Cadwgan, you do my dear father great injustice. He has an abundance of
+wealth. He would be the last man to make my marriage a matter of money
+speculation. I know better than you can his feelings, and am sure that,
+in a matter so momentous, his first consideration would be my happiness.”
+
+“I have no doubt but such are your father’s feelings; still, as I am but
+a clerk in his establishment, I can’t permit you to address my sister
+until his consent is given fully and freely.”
+
+“Well, knowing your high character and scruples, I must tell you that I
+have taken steps in order to anticipate your objection.”
+
+“I hope you have not written Mr. Roberts?”
+
+“Indeed I have, Cadwgan.”
+
+“I’m very sorry; you really should have waited.”
+
+“Nay, nay, I couldn’t wait.”
+
+“Has your father replied?”
+
+“Yes; his answer came this morning.”
+
+“I suppose he has ordered your immediate return home?”
+
+“Oh no. I’m to stay another week if I like.”
+
+“Well, has he given you his consent for you to propose to my dear
+sister?”
+
+“Yes; I have his hearty approval.”
+
+“Then my sister was not aware of this when you offered her your hand?”
+
+“Certainly not. My father’s letter came this morning.”
+
+“Have you informed her of your father’s feeling in the matter?”
+
+“No. I delayed doing so until I spoke to you.”
+
+“I’m glad you have kept the information from Gwenfan. But she must not
+be kept in ignorance longer than can be helped; and since you have opened
+your mind freely to me, I may as well tell you that at the proper time
+and after I have consulted your father, she is prepared to accept your
+hand. As her brother and guardian, I will then, my dear Roberts, give
+her to you. I know you will watch over her with the deepest affection
+and solicitude. In this matter I have only one request to make, which I
+am sure will be readily granted. Will you promise?”
+
+“To me, dear friend, you will is law.”
+
+“My request is a simple one, namely, that your marriage be deferred for a
+time?”
+
+“You are too cruel to defer the day of my being made perfectly happy.”
+
+“But for your and her sake I think there should be reasonable delay. It
+is true your father is a rich man, but for the present you are simply a
+son of a city prince. Possibly he might give you £1000 a year, but I
+should like to see you in business yourself before you settle down. Then
+my dear sister is young: only little over eighteen years. Three or four
+years is not long to wait.”
+
+“For the present I will not argue the point with you, you will learn that
+I am not in the position you fancy I am. I cannot explain myself further
+now, but when we return to town, you, dear Cadwgan, will know all.
+Others will reveal facts to you which I am bound to keep secret.”
+
+“Well, well, we’ll talk on this matter again. We must now return to the
+Villa, and make our arrangements for our immediate return to London.
+Early to-morrow morning we must leave, otherwise we shall arrive at the
+warehouse on the day our leave expires.”
+
+During the evening, Mr. Roberts and Gwenfan had a long conversation.
+When he returned to the library to join Cadwgan, he whispered, “It is all
+settled; I’m now happy.”
+
+In the following August, Miss Wynn and her aunt paid a long visit to
+London. During their stay, they were frequent visitors at Mr. Roberts’
+urban mansion. The more he saw of the gentle, quiet, and lovely Gwenfan,
+the more he liked her; and when the time came when those loving hearts
+were to be made one, he took his son’s and future daughter’s hands in
+his, saying, “Be true to each other; and you, my son, guard this
+beautiful Cambrian plant, for I am persuaded she is worth her weight in
+gold. You, Rhys, have made a wise choice, I would rather have Gwenfan
+for my daughter than a princess of the royal blood. May Heaven bless
+your union!”
+
+We now pass over a brief period of history. Mr. Roberts had now ceased
+to be a partner in the firm. From the date of Mr. Wynn joining the firm
+until Mr. Roberts’ retirement, the house had prospered year after year.
+The partners became wealthy men, were of high repute in the city, and Mr.
+Wynn, who was considered the soul of the business, was looked up to as a
+man almost unequalled for business talents, while his word was regarded
+as law by all with whom he had any mercantile transactions.
+
+Of Mr. Roberts’ intended retirement, Mr. Wynn knew nothing until the very
+morning it was carried out. When they met in the former’s private
+office, he asked,—
+
+“How many years, Mr. Wynn, has our partnership lasted?”
+
+“Five years, sir.”
+
+“How long have you been with me?”
+
+“Ten years to-day, sir, I entered your service.”
+
+“Oh, how rapidly the time passes! Well I have to thank my heavenly
+Father for having directed your footsteps here. You have proved yourself
+a faithful friend, since the date of our partnership. By your tact,
+judgment, business habits, industry, and integrity, you have raised our
+house to the highest commercial position. You are almost as dear to me,
+Cadwgan, as if you were my own child.”
+
+“From you,” replied Mr. Wynn, “I have received the greatest kindness and
+consideration. To me you have been a second father. No parent could
+have shown a deeper interest in a son than you have shown in me.”
+
+“As you are now a rich man, Cadwgan, why don’t you seek a wife. I’m sure
+you would be a better and happier man?”
+
+“I have, Mr. Roberts, anticipated your wish.”
+
+“I’m glad to hear it, Cadwgan, though you surprise me. I was not aware
+of your having fixed your heart on any young lady. I hope she is worthy
+of you.”
+
+“From you, sir, I keep nothing. The lady is Miss Jones; she has accepted
+my offer, and her parents have given their consent to our union.”
+
+“I’m glad to hear this, for your sake and hers. Jones is a capital
+fellow, and his daughter is a noble girl. She has in her own right a
+splendid fortune, and her father must be a rich man. She will make you
+an excellent wife. Her fortune is in the funds, and if necessary you
+could turn it to immediate account. I hope you will get back the old
+place.
+
+“Now, Mr. Wynn, as you have told me your secret, I see no reason why I
+should withhold from you mine. I, too, am about to contract a marriage;
+I do not find it good to be alone; I am going to be wedded to my first
+love. Strange to say, her name is Wynn. Do you know any lady in your
+parts of North Wales of that name?”
+
+“Indeed, sir, I don’t at present recollect any lady of the name of Wynn.”
+
+“Try, Cadwgan, and remember. My impression is you must remember; she is
+acquainted with you.”
+
+“Surely, Mr. Roberts, you don’t refer to my aunt?”
+
+“I do though. Are you willing to give her to me?”
+
+“Most willing, sir, as far as I am concerned.”
+
+“Then you are pleased at the prospect of a closer connection between us?
+You have placed me in possession of your feeling. Now please give me the
+reason of its existence?”
+
+“That I will do, sir, in a few words. Though she is my aunt, and the
+only relative I have in the world, except my dear sister, I must say that
+she is one of the kindest and best of women. I am sure she will make you
+happy. But, sir, I did not know you had ever seen my aunt until she came
+to visit me in London?”
+
+“Miss Wynn was my earliest love. I proposed to her, but her brother,
+your dear father, objected to our union. I left for London immediately
+afterwards, got married, settled down in business, but from the day of my
+departure until her visit to you we never met. Mr. Jones was fully aware
+of the circumstance of my being rejected. It was, indeed, the fact of my
+proposal of which Jones took advantage to plead so persistently for you
+when he wished you to come here. Little did I know then what a noble boy
+you were, what a treasure I was to have in you. But let that pass: I
+have one favour to ask you. Will you grant it?”
+
+“Yes, sir, to the extent of every penny I possess.”
+
+“Will you consent to be married on the same day as myself? And we will
+arrange that Rhys and your sister shall also be united on the occasion.
+Next, will you sign that parchment, without asking any question, or
+examining its contents? you can make yourself acquainted with the
+particulars hereafter.”
+
+“Heartily I say yes, to your questions.”
+
+“My dear boy, I thank you from my heart of hearts for your goodness and
+confidence. The document contains a dissolution of partnership so far as
+I am concerned. You, and your future brother are now the owners of
+everything here.”
+
+“Mr. Roberts,” replied Cadwgan, with tears in his eyes, “how can I ever
+repay you for so noble and so generous an act?”
+
+“My dear boy, you have already repaid me with your grateful tear, by your
+ten years of faithful services, and by the splendid gift of your aunt.
+There is the ledger, which you can scan at leisure. You will find the
+facts fully set forth. Here is a mortgage deed for £50,000,—a sum which
+simply represents your share of the profits of the business during the
+period of our partnership. The other mortgagee is your intended
+father-in-law, who has invested his daughter’s fortune in the same
+property as her trustee and guardian. The two sums amount to £115,000,
+which are secured on your paternal estate, Wynn Castle. On the day of
+your marriage, the estate, which has been greatly improved since your
+poor father’s death, will be conveyed to you as sole owner, by cancelling
+those deeds. How this matter has been arranged it is not necessary for
+you to know. I rejoice beyond measure in your being about to take
+possession of your lost inheritance, and to regain it by means so
+honourable to yourself. My prayer shall be that Heaven will bless you
+with health and prosperity, and that you may long live to enjoy it. I
+have now done my day’s work, so for the present must wish you good
+morning. We shall soon meet again.”
+
+But few additional words are necessary to complete this history. In a
+few months after the above interview, Mr. Roberts, Mr. Roberts junior,
+and Cadwgan were married to the ladies of their choice.
+
+During a portion of each summer, Mr. and Mrs. Cadwgan Wynn, and Mr. and
+Mrs. Roberts, senior and junior spent several weeks at Wynn Castle, where
+Mr. and Mrs. Owen Jones had taken up their permanent abode. The various
+tenants on the estate rejoiced in possessing such an excellent landlord,
+but their joy was unbounded on the morning the news reached them of the
+birth of a son and heir. On the return to the castle after this event,
+his tenantry presented him with an address, to which he replied as
+follows:—
+
+“Friends and neighbours,—After many years of exile from the land of my
+birth and the home of my father’s sepulchre, I feel it my first duty to
+return my gratitude to Him who guides and directs the destiny of us all,
+for having in His good and merciful providence again directed my
+footsteps to the land of my love and my warmest affection. Twelve years
+to day I went out in the wide world, poor and almost penniless. I
+resolved, with Heaven’s help, to succeed, that is if success could be
+achieved by honesty, integrity, and plodding. After wandering about
+London for several days, I found myself one summer evening on London
+Bridge, faint, anxious, and sick, with but a few shillings in my pocket.
+Just as I was about to settle down to sleep on the cold stone, a good
+Welsh Samaritan who was passing by had compassion on the forlorn one, and
+took me to his home. Strange to say, his noble daughter fell in love
+with me, poor and friendless though I was. That lady is my wife and the
+mother of my son. I might tell you that her love for dear old Cambria is
+as deep and as intense as is her love for her offspring. Moreover, her
+heart is full of sympathy for the sons and daughters of human suffering
+wherever found, and she will consider it not only a pleasure but a duty
+to visit and administer consolation and solace to the distressed in this
+beautiful valley. But, says my friend on my right, you must not remain
+idle; you have work to do. My dear friend, the Rev. Thomas Charles, who
+is an honour to our country, is doing much for the intellectual, moral,
+and religious welfare of the people. You ought to support his efforts by
+every means in your power. Him I will aid with my purse and influence.
+I hope in this effort we shall be united, conformists and nonconformists,
+joining hand in hand and heart with heart, so that our people may become
+an intelligent and religious people. To bring about such a glorious
+consummation is the chief desire of my soul. I have only one more word
+to add, that is to thank you for your beautiful address. Be assured that
+I and my wife will endeavour to earn your good opinion. We will try to
+promote your commercial welfare, and with it your highest interest.”
+
+ * * * * *
+
+McLiver in due time was brought before the bar of justice, and his guilt
+having been clearly established, was banished the kingdom. After
+undergoing ten years of punishment in Van Diemen’s Land, he obtained his
+release, and settled down in one of the Australian colonies as a small
+farmer. His uncle and cousin were finally apprehended, and being found
+guilty were transported. Donald was allowed to go free, as his guilt
+could not be legally established. Some years afterwards Mr. Wynn learned
+that he was engaged in the fish trade in one of the Orkney Islands.
+
+
+
+
+TRADITIONS OF LLYN SAVATHAN;
+OR LLANGORSE, OR TALYLLYN LAKE.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+_TRADITIONS OF GIRALDUS_.
+
+
+ “Not a tree,
+ A llyn, a leaf, a blossom, but contains
+ A folio volume. We may read, and read,
+ And read again, and still find something new.”
+
+Respecting Llyn Savathan, which also bears the several names of Lake
+Brecheinoc, Brecinaumere, Llangorse, and Talyllyn Pool, Giraldus relates
+that in the reign of Henry I., Gruffydd, son of Rhys ap Theodor, held
+under the king one comot, namely, the fourth part of the cantref of Caoc,
+in the cantref Mawr. When Gruffydd, on his return from the king’s court,
+passed near this lake, which at this cold season of the year was covered
+with wild fowl of various sorts, being accompanied by Milo, Earl of
+Hereford and Lord of Brecon, and Payn FitzJohn, Lord of Ewyas, who at
+that time were secretaries and privy counsellors to the King, Earl Milo,
+wishing to draw from Gruffydd some discourse concerning his innate
+nobility, rather jocularly than seriously thus addressed him: “It is an
+ancient saying in Wales, that if the natural prince of the country,
+coming to this lake, shall order the birds to sing, they will immediately
+obey him.” To which Gruffydd replied, “Do you, therefore, who now hold
+the dominion of this land, first give the command.” But he and Payn,
+having in vain commanded, and Gruffydd perceiving that it was necessary
+for him to do so in his turn, dismounted from his horse, and falling on
+his knees towards the east, as if he had been about to engage in battle,
+prostrate on the ground, with his eyes and hands uplifted to heaven,
+poured forth devout prayers to the Lord; and at length rising up, and
+signing his face and forehead with the figure of the cross, thus openly
+spake, “Almighty God, and Lord Jesus Christ, who knowest all things,
+declare here, this day, Thy power. If Thou hast caused me to descend
+lineally from the natural princes of Cambria, I command these birds, in
+Thy name, to declare it.” And immediately, beating the waters with their
+wings, the birds began to cry aloud and proclaim him. The spectators
+were astonished and confounded; and Earl Milo, with FitzJohn, hastily
+returned to court, and related this singular occurrence to Henry, who is
+said to have replied, “By the death of Christ, it is not a matter of so
+much wonder; for although by our great authority we commit acts of
+violence and wrong against these people, yet they are known to be the
+rightful inheritors of this land.”
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+_THE LAST WARNING_.
+
+
+Long previous to the time to which the tradition of Giraldus relates, the
+place occupied by Llyn Savathan formed a beautiful and picturesque
+valley, through which the waters of the Llewenny meandered and flowed
+gently along in their progress towards the Wye. On the left bank of the
+Llynfi, and within half a mile of its channel, there stood the church of
+Llangasty, which was dedicated to Saint Gasty, an eminent British saint
+who flourished in the fifth century, and was murdered on the Van
+Mountain, in the parish of Merthyr Cynog. On the other side of the
+Llynfi, and nearly opposite the church, there stood a magnificent palace,
+belonging to and occupied by a tyrannical prince, who neither feared God
+nor regarded man, who scorned religion, and loathed everything which was
+pure and good and beautiful; a prince who, by the magnitude of his
+extortions and the relentlessness with which he pursued his unfortunate
+vassals, became the object of hate and intense aversion to all who had
+dealings or came in contact with him. Moreover, as he grew older, his
+extortions became more burdensome, while his tyranny increased in its
+fury, notwithstanding the warnings he received from those who desired the
+perpetuation of his reign. To all those warnings he turned a deaf ear,
+while he punished with the utmost rigour those who sought to thwart him
+in his infamous practices.
+
+It was a cold December morning, when Father Olyver, of Llangasty,
+repaired to the palace in order to condole with the prince on the death
+of a son. On entering the reception-room, and finding the prince alone,
+he thus addressed him—
+
+“My heart grieves and is sad, my prince, at the loss you have sustained.
+Another prop of your house has been taken away, and oh, reflect, I pray,
+on your present mode of life; consider your ways and be wise.”
+
+“Cease thy babbling, Father Olyver,” replied the prince. “ D— it, man,
+all must die. The death of another son, thou senseless priest, only
+diminishes my responsibility as a father, and now I shall have more to
+leave to the survivors.”
+
+“Pray, don’t speak thus, my lord, of your child. The fruit of your loins
+should ever be regarded with affection.”
+
+“I loved the boy when living, Father Olyver. But now, man, he has ceased
+to live; the spirit, the soul, has gone; a clod of earth only remains.”
+
+“Be it so, my lord. Yet I must own that I look on his untimely end as a
+terrible warning to you. The event tells you to set your house in order,
+for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh.”
+
+“All right, Father Olyver. I suppose, when He comes, I must go like the
+rest, in spite of the saints and mother Church.”
+
+“But are you prepared, my prince, when the voice calls?”
+
+“Of course I am, father. Let his majesty come whenever he pleases, I’ll
+accompany him.”
+
+“Are you ready, my dear prince, to appear, without fear, before your God
+when He calls you hence?”
+
+“There are beautiful maidens, too, father, before whom I must and delight
+to appear, after my evening’s carousals! Ah! ah! ah! I’ll be bound that
+even you, Father Olyver, with your sanctimonious jib, are not indifferent
+to the smiles of a pretty wench, and you won’t turn away when you happen
+to have a glimpse of a fine ankle. Human nature is human nature all the
+world over. I warrant priests of mother Church don’t always keep it in
+subjection. Oh! Oh!”
+
+“This is not the time, nor is it a fitting occasion, my lord, to indulge
+in such language,” replied the priest. “For one day, at least,
+especially in the presence of the dead, I beseech you to cease speaking
+thus.”
+
+“Why should I, man, refrain from telling the truth even now? Bedad, I’ve
+hit the right nail on the head this time at any rate.”
+
+“For the present, however, I shall regard your charge of me and my orders
+in silence. I have come here to perform the last rites of the Church
+over the dead. The day to me is one of unusual solemnity. I loved your
+son as if he had been my own child. He was a good and pious youth,
+notwithstanding the evil influences by which he was surrounded. But he
+is gone, and the place that knew him shall know him no more. And now, my
+lord, what hour have you fixed for carrying his remains to that silent
+bourne from whence no traveller ever comes back?”
+
+“We propose to bury at five; and after the funeral I have, Father Olyver,
+a grand banquet in my palace, and we anticipate a merry meeting.”
+
+“And cannot you, my lord, give up folly and pleasure for a single day?
+Can’t you devote one evening to pursuits which harmonize with the
+solemnity of the day? You have received from time to time, and year
+after year, the most terrible warnings, yet you heed them not. You hear
+the sound of the trumpet, to which you have paid no attention. If you
+continue to live as you have lived, my dear prince—if you resolve, come
+what will, to steel your heart, and defy the Almighty,—the day is not far
+distant when the wrath of an angry God will descend upon you and yours,
+and on that day—rather on that dark and dismal night—the sword of His
+justice will descend, and the innocent and the guilty shall perish
+together. I now leave you, my prince, but in a few hours we shall meet
+again at the grave of departed virtue, and something tells me that when
+we then part it will be a parting for ever.”
+
+At the time appointed the funeral cortège arrived at Llangasty. The
+young prince was buried with extraordinary pomp. When the service was
+concluded, Father Olyver went up and pressed the hand of the prince, and
+bidding him good-bye, whispered in his ear, “Remember, my lord, the
+warning voice: it has spoken once, twice, ay, thrice; the next time it
+will speak in thunder and lightning, when the earth shall move and reel
+like a drunken man. So now, farewell. I fear we shall never meet
+again.”
+
+The good priest then turned away from prince and people. He re-entered
+the church for evening song, while the prince and the mourners returned
+to the palace to make merry and be glad. Before they arrived home, the
+day had disappeared, and the night had come. Darkness had settled down
+upon the earth. When they entered the palace, they little dreamt of
+being on the very brink of a precipice over which they would be hurled by
+the fiat of the Eternal.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+_THE FATAL BANQUET_; _OR_, _VENGEANCE AT HAND_.
+
+
+The palace of the Prince of Llynfi was characterized by drunkenness and
+vice, dissipation and sensuality, intemperance and debauchery. Virtue
+had no lodgment there. Righteousness had no habitation there. Justice,
+religion, and truth were wholly absent from the palace of the prince. He
+and his family gave themselves up to pleasure, to riotous living, and to
+revellings; and from day to day, week to week, and month to month, they
+lived as if there was no God—no hereafter—no judgment to come! Moreover,
+they had so sunk in sin and iniquity, that they were quite insensible to
+those feelings which are common and general, and indeed universal, in the
+lowest state of humanity. Flower after flower of the family circle had
+withered and died, or had been plucked from the tree of life by the will
+of the Almighty, yet from the heart of the survivors there never escaped
+a sigh; never a tear was shed; their hearts had become a flinty rock, and
+were as insensible of impression as the Parian marble. Thus they lived:
+thus, too, they died; for at last they were cut down as cumberers of the
+ground.
+
+Before the untimely death of the son, the prince had arranged for a grand
+banquet to take place on the very day his mortal remains were consigned
+to the tomb. During the progress of preparation for the funeral,
+preparations were also being made for the expected banquet. On their
+return from the church, many of the guests had already arrived and many
+more soon followed. By nine o’clock the palace was filled with a
+splendid array of the licentious male and female inhabitants of the
+villages in the surrounding country. According to old traditions, two
+renowned minstrels from a distance had been summoned to cheer them in
+their revels; and riot and disorder, such as had never before been
+witnessed even in that palace, resounded among the hills. The party had
+been many hours assembled: it was midnight. In the midst of their
+revellings there was suddenly heard a crash of thunder, which shook the
+palace to its foundation; and this was immediately followed by louder and
+louder peals, which boomed through the valley as the noise of a thousand
+pieces of artillery. The prince and his riotous companions were
+awe-struck, and presently they heard a voice saying in deep, solemn
+tones, “Vengeance is at hand!” In a moment the two minstrels arose, and
+beholding in the air a mysterious hand beckoning to them, they fled after
+it as it retreated. The hand moved faster and faster, and as it moved
+they increased their speed. After they had gone a considerable distance
+the earth heaved violently, and appeared to totter on its foundations.
+For a moment they turned round to see the distance they had come. They
+saw the ground divide in twain, and up through this large chasm they
+beheld the waters rushing forth like the ocean when convulsed, and
+mingling with the roaring sound of the waters were the dying shrieks of
+the revellers. Pausing for another moment in their flight, the minstrels
+observed, with great terror, a wide expanse of boiling and agitated
+waters where the palace and village had stood, engulfing the palace and
+its wicked and impious inmates far below its bosom. Since then, Llyn
+Savathan has ever been regarded as an unhallowed spot; the great
+wickedness of the prince and his followers having drawn upon them the
+just judgment of the Eternal.
+
+
+
+
+TREFFYNNON;
+OR,
+LEGENDS OF SAINT WINIFRED.
+
+
+ “The lifeless tears she shed into a fountain turn,
+ And, that for her alone the water should not mourn,
+ The pure vermilion blood that issued from her veins
+ Unto this very day the pearly gravel stains,
+ As erst the white and red were mixèd in her cheek.
+ And that one part of her might be the other like,
+ Her hair was turned to moss, whose sweetness doth declare,
+ In liveliness of youth the natural sweets she bare.”
+
+ MICHAEL DRAYTON.
+
+When but a mere youth, I had a strong and extreme longing to visit
+Holywell, or Treffynnon, which according to my youthful fancy was the
+most wonderful place under the sun. This desire had its origin in the
+following circumstances.
+
+About three miles from my paternal abode there was situate a small
+village, which had risen into fame and notoriety by reason of its annual
+May fair. At this fair an immense number of people congregated. Young
+men and maidens were there. Farmers’ sons and daughters flocked in great
+numbers; and this being the annual hiring fair, hundreds of men and women
+servants went to find either new masters or fresh mistresses. Then from
+the neighbouring towns and villages, people came for the purpose of
+providing fun, amusement, and entertainment for the holiday seekers.
+Shows innumerable were there; Mr. Cheap Jack vending his wares, with
+which he combined interesting stories and flashes of wit, had thousands
+of willing and enchanted listeners, and a goodly number of ready
+purchasers. On the roadside from one end of the village to the other was
+a continuous row of stalls, laden with every conceivable variety of
+articles. All these marvellous things filled my boyish fancy with
+amazement and wonder.
+
+But what struck me most, was a person who had a stall situate near the
+bridge, on which were placed in rows several thousands of small wooden
+boxes, which in circumference were about the size of a crown piece, and
+three quarters of an inch deep. These boxes he arranged with great
+deliberation and care, and when he completed his work, not a single box
+could be seen out of its proper place.
+
+This person was fantastically dressed. He wore a three-cornered hat, the
+brim of which was tipped with gold. He had pink velvet breeches, with a
+waistcoat of similar material; red stockings, and shoes with silver
+buckles. His frock coat, made of good West of England broadcloth, had,
+in consequence of many years’ wear, become a dark blood colour. In his
+hat were placed two rows of feathers, arranged in the form of the Prince
+of Wales’ plume. He was certainly a most singular looking figure, and
+from the hour when he commenced to expatiate on the virtues of his wares
+until the dusk of the evening, attracted an immense audience.
+
+When his preparations were finished, he took in his left hand one of the
+little boxes, from which he removed the lid, or cover, and commenced to
+address the crowd in the following fashion. “This box, ladies and
+gentlemen,” he said, “contains wonderful ointment. It will cure the
+itch, the stitch, and nettle-rash. It is a sure remedy for all diseases
+of the skin. It will, when applied, remove warts from the fingers, corns
+from the toes, and bunions from the feet. It is an effectual cure for
+cuts, bruises, and for every kind of wounds. Time, ladies and gentlemen,
+would fail me to speak of its wonderful properties, and the history of
+cases it has cured would fill a dozen large volumes. Every man should
+therefore possess half a dozen boxes of this valuable salve. They should
+be placed in the nobleman’s palace, in every farm house, in every poor
+man’s cottage. The use of this wonderful ointment will save you many a
+long doctor’s bill, and, between you and me, doctors are doing their best
+to stop its sale, because one box of this salve is worth a hundred visits
+of the physician. People have paid lots of money to doctors without
+getting any benefit; they then came to me, and by using one box only,
+were made perfectly whole. This ointment is the grandest discovery of
+the age. It was found out, not by man’s skill, oh, no; but an angel came
+from distant worlds and directed my sainted mother how to make it. The
+secret is with me, and it must remain with me; for were it known, its
+efficacy would disappear.
+
+“You, ladies and gentlemen, would doubtless like to know the several
+constituent parts of this justly renowned ointment, but as I have already
+said, I dare not reveal the secret. The spirit of one who when on this
+earth was as pure as she was comely and beautiful, told the secret to my
+sainted mother. I refer to Saint Winifred, who was murdered twelve
+hundred years ago. From the spot on which she was beheaded, her head
+rolled down the declivity, and did not stop until it reached the altar of
+the church, and immediately there sprang up a spring of water, which in
+volume is unequalled in the world. The wonderful salve is not called
+after the saint, this her spirit forbade, but Eli Treffynnon, or Holywell
+salve. As I make it myself, I can offer to sell it at twopence per box,
+though doctors charge sixpence for a far inferior article. Twopence per
+box being the price, for which I charge no more nor will I take less.
+Who will buy? who will buy? Now is your time, for I shall not visit
+these parts for twelve months.”
+
+The people then rushed to the vendor of Eli Treffynnon, and in less than
+an hour he had disposed of more than a thousand boxes of the ointment.
+
+“A wonderful man that, is he not?” said I to my companion.
+
+“Yes, truly.”
+
+_Myself_. Can you tell me where Treffynnon is?
+
+“Not exactly,” replied my companion; “but it is in the north.”
+
+_Myself_. In the north of England or Scotland, which?
+
+“Oh, no, in neither; but in North Wales.”
+
+_Myself_. Is it a town or a village?
+
+“A town, I believe; but it is not a large place.”
+
+_Myself_. Have you ever heard of the remarkable well before?
+
+“Oh, yes. I’ve seen an account of it in an old book.”
+
+_Myself_. If I knew the way, I would go and see this wonderful fountain.
+
+“Don’t talk nonsense. Go two hundred miles to see a spring!”
+
+_Myself_. Why not?
+
+“Why? Because you can see plenty of fountains nearer home.”
+
+_Myself_. But this is a well.
+
+“Yes; a well to be sure. But don’t the waters of all rivers come from
+wells?”
+
+_Myself_. Of course they do. But it requires a hundred wells to make up
+the Severn, the Wye, and the Ithon, but here is a large river from one
+well, one spring. I’ll certainly go one of these days and see it.
+
+Many, many years, however, came, and passed away, before the design I
+then formed was carried out.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+My first visit to Holywell, or Treffynnon, took place just about the
+close of the Crimean War. I arrived in the town late one evening in mid
+winter, but as the night was extremely dark, while the rain descended in
+torrents, I refrained from leaving my hotel, the name of which I do not
+at present remember. It was then the principal inn of the town, with a
+first rate bill of fare.
+
+Being a private gentleman, and therefore debarred from joining the
+commercials, breakfast was prepared for me in a snug little parlour which
+was generally used by the landlady as her private sitting-room. Before I
+had taken my seat at the breakfast, the waitress came into the room, all
+smiles, and asked me if I had any objection to a gentleman joining me at
+the morning meal.
+
+“Who is the gentleman?” I asked the waitress.
+
+“Oh, Squire Eli, of Ffynnon Hall.”
+
+_Myself_. What kind of a person is he? Is he old or young, has he a
+hump on his back, and does he wear spectacles? is he a nice,
+good-tempered fellow, or sour as crab beer? Tell me, gentle maid, the
+kind of companion I am to be honoured with.
+
+“Oh, sir, how you do talk. Squire is a nice, well-spoken gentleman; and
+I am sure you’ll like him.”
+
+_Myself_. Show the gentleman up; but tell your mistress that she will be
+a loser by his introduction, because I generally eat twice as much in
+company as when alone.
+
+Presently Mr. Eli made his appearance, and I expressed to him how greatly
+pleased I was at his honouring me with his presence.
+
+He replied to my remarks in a very neat speech, and said he was delighted
+in the opportunity of making my acquaintance, having heard of me from a
+common friend.
+
+Before rising from the table I said, “What a beautiful name you have
+selected for your seat!”
+
+“Then do you know Welsh?”
+
+_Myself_. I know a little; I wish I knew more. It is the grandest
+language under the sun.
+
+“For expressiveness and eloquence and poetry, you are right.”
+
+_Myself_. I presume you selected the name because you have a crystal
+fountain by the Hall?
+
+“Oh, dear, no. There is a fountain it is true, but its existence in no
+way determined me to select the name; and, between us, I don’t think
+there is a similar designation for a house in North or South Wales.”
+
+_Myself_. Have you visited the south, Mr. Eli?
+
+“Visited the South! Why, there is not a town or village in the six
+counties I’ve not been in. I know the country well.”
+
+“Have you ever been at Bridgend, in the county of R.?”
+
+“At Bridgend! Of course I have; many and many a time.”
+
+_Myself_. If I’m not mistaken, I have seen you there.
+
+“Probably you have; that is, if you ever attended its annual May fair.”
+
+_Myself_. Then you are the man, the veritable vendor of Eli Treffynnon?
+
+“Of course I am. I thought the waitress had duly informed you of that.”
+
+_Myself_. No, no; but never mind. I’m delighted to see you. Your
+speech on your ointment awoke in my bosom an intense longing to see this
+place; and I’ve come almost specially to see for myself its wonders. I
+hope, therefore, Mr. Eli, you have no special engagement this morning.
+
+“And suppose I have not?”
+
+_Myself_. In that case I trust you will be my cicerone. I am extremely
+anxious to know the history and traditions of the wonderful well.
+
+“I’ll accompany you with pleasure, and tell its wondrous history. When
+shall we start?”
+
+_Myself_. Now, if you please.
+
+Just as we reached the lower part of the principal street, we saw a man
+with measured steps approaching us. The man had a leathern strap
+fastened round his neck, at the other end of which was suspended a large
+bell, a cushion being buckled to the right knee. Every time the
+cushioned knee came forward the bell jingled, and it being of
+considerable size its tones could be heard a long distance from the scene
+of the man’s perambulations. When he came up to the place where we were
+standing, I asked Mr. Eli the question,—
+
+“Is that man mad?”
+
+“By no means: he is in his right mind.”
+
+_Myself_. No sane man, I should think, would be guilty of such folly.
+
+“The man,” replied Mr. Eli, “is doing a Christian duty.”
+
+_Myself_. I fail to see any act of devotion in carrying a bell about the
+town. Please, Mr. Eli, explain yourself.
+
+“You, a stranger, very naturally conclude the man is demented. When you
+know the object of his mission you will come to a different opinion.”
+
+_Myself_. Pray, Mr. Eli, enlighten me.
+
+“We have a church here, my dear sir.”
+
+_Myself_. Yes.
+
+“That church is situate in a hole at the head of a deep dell.”
+
+_Myself_. But what has that to do with this man?
+
+“This,” replied Mr. Eli; “we cannot, up the town, hear the church chimes,
+though we are not two hundred yards from them.”
+
+_Myself_. But the man does not carry your church bells on his knee.
+
+“Oh, dear me, no; but this man walks round the town just before divine
+service, and the ringing of his bell warns the people that it is time for
+them to go to church.”
+
+_Myself_. A singular invention, certainly. Pity they built the church
+in such an outlandish place.
+
+_Mr. Eli_. Oh, don’t say so. The church was built there by direction.
+It is close to the well of St. Winifred, the healing waters of which, as
+you are aware, are celebrated far and near.
+
+_Myself_. Then the tales you and others tell about the efficacy of the
+waters of the fountain are really true?
+
+“Yes, of course, they are perfectly true. When all is said and written
+about the waters, we can truly say that the half is not told.”
+
+_Myself_. I should like to possess a true and authentic history of the
+place.
+
+“Doubtless,” replied Mr. Eli, “you would. Its history has yet to be
+written.”
+
+_Myself_. There is, then, evidence, Mr. Eli, that people who have bathed
+in its waters have been made whole?
+
+“Yes; plenty of evidence,” replied Mr. Eli; “and if you will now
+accompany me to the well, I’ll show you some of the many witnesses.”
+
+When we entered the building, my friend conducted me to a spot where we
+had a good view of the interior. He pointed with his finger to the roof,
+at the same time remarking, “Up there, look up there, for there is the
+evidence, the witnesses, to which I referred.”
+
+_Myself_. Do you mean those barrows, hand carts, crutches, and staves,
+and other things too numerous to mention, fastened to the ceiling?
+
+“Of course I do. Are they not irresistible witnesses to the healing
+power of these waters?”
+
+_Myself_. I really fail to see your point, Mr. Eli. Pray explain
+yourself more fully.
+
+“People come here,” said my friend, “from all parts of the world. Some
+come on wheel-barrows, some on crutches, some by the aid of
+walking-sticks; they bathe in these healing waters, like they did when
+our Lord was upon earth, and are cleansed. They leave here new men and
+women, and having no further need of either crutch or barrow, leave them
+behind as witnesses to the power of this wonderful fountain.”
+
+_Myself_. You have greatly excited my curiosity, Mr. Eli. Pray furnish
+me with some information respecting the history of this place.
+
+“You are heartily welcome to the facts and traditions I have been
+fortunate enough to succeed in collecting, which can be briefly told.
+They are as follows:—
+
+“Once upon a time, that is, about twelve hundred and twenty-five years
+ago, this Treffynnon was a royal city, and then the king’s palace was
+within its precincts. The then reigning sovereign was Allen the First,
+and his dominion extended over the whole of the hundred of Coleshill,
+from the royal mines of which he derived a princely income. The king had
+a son of the name of Cradocus, a name which has led old writers to
+conclude that his mother was a daughter of some Roman, who, preferring
+this country to his own, and having espoused a British lady, settled down
+here.
+
+“At the time of which I speak, there resided in Holywell a potent lord of
+the Trewith, who married Lady Wento, an only sister of Saint Beuno,
+descendants of an ancient and illustrious Montgomeryshire family. The
+only issue of this marriage was a daughter, a beautiful and lovely
+maiden, who was as pure as she was beautiful, whose name was Winifred.
+
+“When she had grown up to be a young lady, her uncle, Saint Beuno, who
+resided at Clynnog, in Carnarvonshire, came on one occasion to this royal
+town to pay a friendly visit to his family. During his stay he obtained
+a grant of land from Lord Trewith, his brother-in-law, upon which he
+erected a church. Now the altar of that church was close by yon bubbling
+fountain.”
+
+_Myself_. Have you historical proofs of this, Mr. Eli? I asked.
+
+“You will see by-and-by the evidence upon which I rely.”
+
+_Myself_. Pray proceed; your narrative is deeply interesting.
+
+“After the erection of the church,” Mr. Eli continued, “Saint Beuno took
+under his charge his niece Winifred, who vowed to remain a virgin, and to
+devote her life to works of charity, mercy, and religion.
+
+“On a lovely Sunday evening, on the 22nd of June, the Lady Winifred left
+her parents’ castle for the purpose of taking a walk in the cool of the
+day. When she attained the summit of the hill her progress was stayed by
+Prince Cradocus, who, being struck with her extreme beauty, at once made
+a proposal of marriage.
+
+“‘Prince,’ replied Lady Winifred, ‘I can form no earthly ties. I have
+already vowed my life and wealth to the work of my Saviour.’
+
+“‘But, noble and beautiful lady, I have sworn you shall be mine, and
+nothing shall prevent the fulfilment of my oath.’
+
+“‘Your offer, illustrious prince, comes too late; my vow is irrevocable.’
+
+“‘Pray, Lady Winifred, don’t say that. Your hand I am resolved to
+possess, and you shall share with me the throne of my ancestors.’
+
+“‘For earthly thrones, prince, I care not; my treasures are not here but
+above.’
+
+“‘If you persist, noble lady, in your refusal, I am resolved to effect my
+object by force.’
+
+“‘You dare not do that, prince. You must not further molest me. Stand
+by, for I would proceed on my way.’
+
+“Cradocus was vexed at being thus robbed of his prey, and getting into a
+fearful passion, took his sword from its sheath, and there and then,—oh,
+horror of horrors! cut off the head of the virgin. For his guilty act,
+vengeance from on high soon overtook him. On the spot where he committed
+the crime, he fell down a dead man, and the earth opening, swallowed his
+impious corpse. {260} There is, however, a tradition, that Cradocus’s
+master, the devil, carried off his body to the dismal regions of despair.
+
+“Now about the well. I’ve told you, that it was on the hillside above
+here where Cradocus committed the foul deed. It appears that when the
+head was severed from the body it commenced to roll down the steep hill
+by which we descended, and stopped when it reached the altar, before
+which a number of devout people were kneeling. The very moment the head
+stopped there came up this fountain, the waters of which possess the same
+miraculous power as did those waters of the pool of Bethesda referred to
+in the Gospel of St. John.
+
+“It appears Saint Beuno was the officiating priest at the altar when this
+sad event took place. Recognising the head as that of his beloved niece,
+he took it up, and ran with it to where the mangled body lay, to which he
+rejoined it. To the astonishment of all present, the head at once united
+itself to the body, the place of separation being only marked by a white
+ring or line, which extended round the neck. From that hour she was
+called Saint Winifred, and was always after regarded as a holy person, a
+special vessel chosen by Christ to do His work. After this event she
+lived fifteen years, and gained universal fame by her deeds of love and
+charity. Well, though more than twelve hundred years have come and gone
+since then, this fountain is as powerful to-day as it was then in healing
+and in curing diseases. Hundreds, aye, thousands, have blessed the day
+on which they bathed in this Iachâd Ffynnon—healing fountain. Now, my
+story is done.”
+
+_Myself_. And a most interesting tale it is, Mr. Eli, for which I thank
+you very much. There is one more circumstance I wish to be informed of
+in order to have a complete history of the sainted lady.
+
+“To what do you refer?” asked Mr. Eli.
+
+_Myself_. I presume the lady died here.
+
+“Oh yes; she died in her father’s mansion.”
+
+_Myself_. In that case, I presume, her sepulchre is in your churchyard?
+
+“Not so, my friend,” replied Mr. Eli.
+
+_Myself_. Then she was not buried here?
+
+“No, she was not interred here, and for this reason. Her uncle, Saint
+Beuno, died on the 21st of April, 660, and his remains were interred in
+the Abbey Church of Bardsey Island. On his death, Saint Winifred retired
+to Gwytheriu, and placed herself under the protection of St. Elerius, who
+at that time was living in devotional seclusion in that sequestered
+mountain village. At that time there was there a convent of nuns under
+the superintendence of Theonia. Saint Winifred assumed the veil, and on
+the death of Theonia became the abbess. On her death, the remains were
+removed from Treffynnon to Gwytheriu, and interred near the graves of St.
+Cybi and St. Sannan. After a lapse of five hundred years from the date
+of her death, the bones of St. Winifred were removed with great pomp to
+the church of St. Peter and St. Paul, Shrewsbury. The wooden chest in
+which the remains were preserved is still kept. The translation of the
+saint’s remains took place in the reign of King Stephen.”
+
+_Myself_. It’s a pity that no monument to her memory has been erected
+here. Don’t you think so, Mr. Eli?
+
+“I cannot share your opinion, my friend. This well and its wonderful
+cures are monuments which will live when Parian marble shall crumble into
+dust. But there is another monument. Observe,” said Mr. Eli, “the sweet
+scented moss which grows there by the well-side, the _Jungermannia
+esplenoides_ of Linnæus. On each anniversary of the decollation of Saint
+Winifred, this moss, and the stones of the fountain, assume the colour of
+blood. This annual change in the tint of the moss is an immortal
+monument of the dear departed saint, as if it said:—
+
+ “For thee, blest maid, my tears, my endless pain,
+ Shall in immortal monuments remain.
+ The image of thy death each year renew,
+ And prove my grief, to distant ages, true.”
+
+After making a general inspection of the well, and examining the
+grotesque figures of animals and other works of sculpture, my friend and
+I paid a brief visit to the chapel over the well. During our stay there,
+he placed in my hand a copy of the following letter, addressed by the
+queen of James II., to Sir Roger Mostyn.
+
+ “SIR ROGER MOSTYN,—
+
+ “It having pleased the king, by his royal grant, to bestow upon me
+ the ancient chapel adjoining St. Winifred’s Well, these are to desire
+ you to give present possession, in my name, of the said chapel, to
+ Mr. Thomas Roberts, who will deliver this letter into your hands. It
+ being also my intention to have the place decently repaired, and put
+ to a good use, I further desire that you will afford him your favour
+ and protection, that he may not be disturbed in the performance
+ thereof. You may rest assured that what you do herein, according to
+ my desire, shall be very kindly remembered by
+
+ “Your good friend,
+ “MARY REGINA.
+
+ “WHITEHALL,
+ _May_ 8_th_, 1687.”
+
+On leaving the chapel, I cordially thanked my friend for the information
+he had imparted respecting the Winifred legend; and told him, that some
+day I would try to make his name and his Eli Treffynnon as immortal as
+the saint whose history he had so eloquently told. But before my tale
+sees the light, my entertainer has gone to that bourne from whence no
+traveller returns; yet it may be,—who knows?—that his spirit still visits
+our world, and communes with dear ones and friends left behind.
+
+ [Picture: View of Swansea in September, 1748]
+
+
+
+
+THE VISIT OF ELIDORUS TO THE FAIRY KINGDOM BENEATH THE BAY.
+
+
+A short time before our visit to Swansea, wrote Giraldus Cambrensis, a
+circumstance worthy of note occurred in these parts, which Elidorus, a
+priest, most strenuously affirmed had befallen him. When a youth of
+twelve years, and learning his letters, since, as Solomon says, “The root
+of learning is bitter, although the fruit is sweet,” in order to avoid
+the discipline and frequent stripes inflicted on him by his preceptor, he
+ran away, and concealed himself under the hollow bank of a river. After
+fasting in that situation for two days, two little men of pigmy stature
+appeared to him, saying, “If you will come with us, we will lead you into
+a country full of delights and sports.” Assenting and rising up, he
+followed his guides through a path, at first subterraneous and dark, into
+a most beautiful country, adorned with rivers and meadows, woods and
+plains, but obscure, and not illuminated with the full light of the sun.
+All the days were cloudy, and the nights extremely dark, on account of
+the absence of the moon and stars. The boy was brought before the king,
+and introduced to him in the presence of the court; who, having examined
+him for a long time, delivered him to his son, who was then a boy. The
+men were of the smallest stature, but very well proportioned in their
+make; they were all of a fair complexion, with luxuriant hair falling
+over their shoulders like that of women. They had horses and greyhounds
+adapted to their size. They neither ate flesh nor fish, but lived on
+milk diet, made up into messes with saffron. They never took an oath,
+for they detested nothing so much as lies. As often as they returned
+from our upper hemisphere, they reprobated our ambition, infidelities,
+and inconstancies. They had no form of public worship, being strict
+lovers and reverers, as it seemed, of truth.
+
+The boy frequently returned to our hemisphere, sometimes by the way he
+had first gone, sometimes by another; at first in company with other
+persons, and afterwards alone; and made himself known only to his mother,
+declaring to her the manners, nature, and state of that people. Being
+desired by her to bring a present of gold, with which that region
+abounded, he stole, when at play with the king’s son, the golden ball
+with which he used to divert himself, and brought it to his mother in
+great haste; and when he reached the door of his father’s house, but not
+unpursued, and was entering it in a great hurry, his foot stumbled on the
+threshold, and falling down into the room where his mother was sitting,
+the two pigmies seized the ball, which had dropped from his hand, and
+departed, showing the boy every mark of contempt and derision. On
+recovering from the fall, confounded with shame, and execrating the evil
+counsel of his mother, he returned by the usual track to the
+subterraneous road, but found no appearance of any passage, though he
+searched for it on the banks of the river (Tawe) for nearly the space of
+a year. But since those calamities which reason cannot mitigate are
+often alleviated by time, and length of time alone blunts the edge of our
+afflictions, and puts an end to many evils, the youth having been brought
+back by his friends and mother, and restored to his right way of
+thinking, and to his learning, in process of time attained the rank of
+priesthood. Whenever David II., Bishop of St. David’s, talked to him in
+his advanced state of life concerning this event, he could never relate
+the particulars without shedding tears. He had made himself acquainted
+with the language of that nation, the words of which, in his younger
+days, he used to recite, which, as the bishop had often informed me, were
+very conformable to the Greek idiom. When they asked for water, they
+said, “Ydor ydorum,” which meant, bring water; for “ydor,” in their
+language, signifies water, and dwr also, in the British language,
+signifies water. When they wanted salt they said, “Halgein ydorum,”
+bring salt. Salt is called halen in British.
+
+[So far the narrative of Giraldus Cambrensis. We are happy to be able to
+lay before our readers some further details, hitherto unpublished, of the
+early life of Elidorus, and of his visits to the fairy kingdom beneath
+the bay.]
+
+On the brow of Town Hill, and commanding a magnificent view of Swansea
+Bay, the channel, and their circumjacent coast, with the Devonian range
+of mountains in the distance; there stood, at the time of which we write,
+a small thatched cottage, with mud or clay walls, which was then occupied
+by Shôn Gwyllt, his wife Mary, and their son John, an only child.
+
+Shôn, as had been his father and his grandfather before him, was a
+fisherman, which, in those times, was a highly remunerative business.
+Fish of all kinds were then abundant, and they commanded a ready market.
+In the bay were shoals of conger, cod, mullet, sole, whiting, and
+flat-fish; while, in the season, the fishermen were often fortunate
+enough to secure in their nets sea trout and salmon, which, for delicacy
+of flavour, were unequalled in the British seas and rivers, the Tawe
+excepted. In the Tawe salmon were as plentiful as the daisy on the
+verdant mead in early summer. The waters of that river then, and for
+several hundred years after, were as clear as the crystal dewdrops. Now
+it was on that delightful, that glossy and pellucid river that Shôn
+Gwyllt plied his trade, and the sylvan groves on its banks resounded with
+the sound of his rich tenor voice. Shôn loved a good song, and the echo
+of his voice in the near and distant groves had for him a peculiar charm.
+
+We have already observed that Shôn plied his calling on the Tawe. He had
+a horror of the sea. Upon its waters he never ventured. Nothing could
+induce him to join his brother fishermen in the bay. Though they often
+tempted him by predicting that they would certainly have a splendid haul
+of fish, yet the prospect of a rich reward for his labour had no
+influence on his mind. To their solicitation he used to reply, “The Tawe
+has been a good and generous parent to me, so I shall not forsake the
+kind and rich old mother.” And Shôn did not forsake her. Day after day,
+during the season, he might be seen with his coracle on his back, wending
+his way down Mount Pleasant and across the fields to the Tawe (there were
+no houses there then), and thence he fished up the river as far as
+Morriston, which at that time consisted of a few clod-built huts. It was
+but seldom that he ventured above that village, though occasionally, and
+once in a way, he fished up to Ynistawe, but never went so high up the
+stream as Penllwch. His aversion to Penllwch appears to have arisen from
+the circumstance that his cousin met with an untimely end there, and Shôn
+dreaded to fish the deep pools under Glais, where the young man, whom he
+loved as a brother, was drowned.
+
+Although Shôn was passionately fond of his trade, yet, strange to say, he
+was strongly opposed to his son following in his footsteps. He reasoned
+thus: It is an occupation in which there is a great risk of life. The
+fisherman has to contend with bad seasons, and occasionally fish is a
+drug in the market. The business is not respectable; those engaged in it
+are men of the lowest class, ignorant, drunken, and improvident, living
+from hand to mouth, never saving a penny against a rainy day. Instead of
+allowing young John to accompany him, he resolved to send him to school;
+and to school accordingly his son was duly sent. John, however, hated
+school, and intensely disliked his preceptor, a dislike he gloried in
+exhibiting whenever an opportunity offered itself. The teacher resented
+the boy’s conduct by the free use of the cane. In the severity of
+punishment he had no mercy, and to escape chastisement young Gwyllt often
+absented himself from school. The hours thus spent were among the
+happiest of his boyhood. After his father had gone, John would walk down
+to the Tawe, and leaping into a stranded coracle, he, with his paddle,
+would spend hour after hour in skimming over the waters. When he got
+tired, he would row to the bank, and fastening his little boat to the
+stake, lie down to rest. The remainder of the youth’s story we shall
+tell in his own words, which are as follows:—
+
+I lay me down on the banks of Tawe’s crystal waters, and slept. In my
+sleep, behold I had a dream. In my dream or vision I saw a man
+approaching who was exceeding small in stature. He was clad in rich
+apparel, and the fastenings of his garments—which were as white as the
+winter’s snow—were of pure gold, rubies, and other precious gems. When
+he came up to the place where I lay, he addressed me in the softest and
+sweetest voice I had ever heard, and the voice said, “Oh, youth with
+ruddy cheeks and curly locks, why sleepest thou, seeing it is only the
+third hour after the sun of thy world has passed his meridian?”
+
+“I sleep,” I replied, “to forget the past, to drown the very thought of
+existence.”
+
+“With youth,” said the voice, “there is nothing to regret. The days of
+youth are days of innocence and pleasure. Every breeze fans the flame of
+delight.”
+
+“But my sorrow, sweet voice, does not spring from the heart’s passion or
+paternal unkindness, but from stripes inflicted upon my body by a
+tyrannical and cruel teacher, a man who has no mercy nor kindness of
+heart.”
+
+“Methinks you neglect your lesson,” said the voice, “and your preceptor
+uses the rod in order to teach you to be wise and learned.”
+
+“If that be so, I’d rather be ignorant with whole bones, than learned
+with the lash so frequently used on my back.”
+
+“There is a saying in your country, is there not?” said the voice,
+“‘spare the rod; spoil the child.’”
+
+“Yes, yes; there is such a proverb, though I believe in it not.”
+
+“What do you then believe in, my child?” asked the voice.
+
+“I believe in gentleness and kindness. The victory that overcometh the
+world is love. Love will soften the hardest heart, subdue the most
+stubborn will, and melt the hardest natures like wax is melted in the
+fire.”
+
+“If you worked hard at your books, and were attentive to your lessons,
+your master would probably be kind to you. You should remember that
+youth is the time to acquire knowledge, and that its possession is one of
+the most pleasurable things on earth.”
+
+“Knowledge might be all you say in its favour, sweet voice, but I care
+not for it. One day spent on the banks of this beautiful river, or
+skimming on the bosom of its limpid and crystal waters in some friend’s
+coracle, from which I often watch the finny tribe below in their plays
+and gambols—is better to me than a thousand anywhere else. The waters of
+the Tawe are to me a source of exquisite delight, an unspeakable charm.
+I could gaze upon them for ever.”
+
+“Ah, comely youth,” said the voice, “you speak what you know, and I must
+own to being charmed with your enthusiasm. You are young, and your
+vision is contracted. You are inexperienced; your world is bounded by
+the surrounding horizon. If you will come with me, I will show you
+fairer climes than these, more beautiful landscapes, grander hills and
+mountains; vales infinitely more lovely, and streamlets, brooks and
+rivers, which surpass in splendour and sublimity all other running waters
+of the world. Besides, in my country, everything is beautiful. The gold
+is as abundant there as are the stones on this lowland strand or on
+ocean’s tidal shore.”
+
+“You have drawn, sweet voice, a charming picture of your country, but
+where is it? Is it an ideal or a real kingdom? If it be real, I would
+visit if I knew the way. Pray tell me the road which leads to a world so
+resplendently beautiful.”
+
+“Fair youth,” said the voice, “the road is nigh thee; it is close to
+where thou sleepest. I will conduct thee there.”
+
+“On one condition only will I be thy companion.”
+
+“Name your condition, and if it be in my power, it shall be granted.”
+
+“That you solemnly promise to guide me back again to my own native
+sphere, in the event of my failing to find the way.”
+
+“Yes; I promise. Further, you shall have perfect liberty to stay, or to
+return to this upper world, at any time you desire. I will, too, be your
+companion.”
+
+“But who art thou? What, too, is thy name?”
+
+“I am a prince of my kingdom; and my name is Tippin.”
+
+“What is your highness’ position at the royal court?”
+
+“I am chancellor of my royal master, King Penaf, the wisest and best of
+monarchs.”
+
+“Pray prince, is your king a giant like you?”
+
+“In wisdom, yes. But fair youth, you should judge all men, not by their
+stature, but by their wise words, weighty sayings, and just decrees. The
+mind is the standard of man, for mind is the man. But don’t let us tarry
+longer. Awake! awake! oh sleeper; arise from your couch of sand; let us
+away, for my hour of departure has come.”
+
+When I awoke, I found myself being carried through a dimly-lighted tunnel
+on the wings of the wind; I say on the wings of the wind for I was not
+conscious that any palpable substance touched my body. The further we
+receded from the earth, the wider and loftier became the subterranean
+passage; and by means of the dim light, I discerned rocks of gold and
+precious stones. When we arrived at the end of the passage, there
+appeared in the distance a scene which filled my bosom with wonder and
+admiration; never had I previously beheld such a combination of beauty.
+How shall I describe it! This I cannot do, for it passes description;
+far grander, infinitely grander, was the scene than anything I had ever
+witnessed.
+
+In the distance were high hills and Alpine heights, plains and meads, and
+dells, which were covered with grass of emerald green. I could see
+neither sun, nor moon, nor stars; but the country was illumined by a
+beautiful blue soft light which was delightful, and most agreeable to the
+eye. Between day and night, there appeared no perceptible difference;
+while in those regions, summer and winter, spring and autumn, were
+unknown. Their year was distinguished by no seasons; they enjoyed a
+perpetual spring. Beautiful was their clime, exquisitely lovely was
+their country, singular and mysterious were the people.
+
+As regards the climate, it had no variation. There was always there a
+soft, gentle, and warm breeze; which produced the most delectable
+sensation. This breeze appeared to possess life-giving and
+life-sustaining properties. When it came, as it sometimes did, in
+stronger currents than was generally the case, the old would repair to
+the mountain tops or bwllchs, and after two or three hours’ stay would
+return to the plain strong, blooming, and hale. But more of this anon.
+
+Immediately after our arrival in the open country, the prince conducted
+me in silence to a building, the walls of which were formed of the finest
+marble. Its entrance was guarded by two little men, even less in stature
+than my conductor, who made obeisance as we passed. The prince conducted
+me up a flight of stairs, and then through several rooms, containing rich
+and costly furniture; at last we came to a door on which was printed in
+letters of gold “The King’s Chamber.” This chamber we entered. Having
+placed a chair beside me for my use, he then walked to the other side of
+the chamber, where there was a curious instrument fastened to a silver
+slab, and touched a small spring. There was attached to the instrument a
+thread or wire of the most delicate workmanship, which quivered at the
+touch; presently I heard the sound of a bell, which was followed by
+several ticks, and when the ticks ceased, the prince remarked that the
+royal carriage from Dinas Aur would arrive there in half an hour, in
+order to take us to the golden city.
+
+“And how far is it to your city?” I asked.
+
+“The actual distance is one hundred and twenty miles.”
+
+“But your carriage travels more swiftly than the flight of the bird?”
+
+“Certainly.”
+
+“Well, is it safe to go so fast?”
+
+“Yes, perfectly safe.”
+
+“Your assurance contents me. Will you, please, answer me one question,
+namely: as you appear to travel about 250 miles in an hour, I want to
+know in what consists your motive power? Surely your horses can’t travel
+so rapidly as that?”
+
+“Oh no; we don’t use horses. In these regions we make nature administer
+to our every want. We shall travel through the air, which we use to
+propel us along; more I cannot say, as this singular phenomenon is beyond
+my comprehension. The thing was discovered by our wise men, who keep the
+secret in their own breasts. Look, my young friend,” said the prince,
+addressing me; “the carriage is coming, do you observe its approach?”
+
+When I looked, I saw something like a black spot in the air; it appeared
+like a small bird. Presently it became more distinct, and before I was
+really aware, the royal carriage had arrived, having come nearly five
+minutes earlier than we expected. At once we stepped into the royal
+saloon. Presently I discovered the carriage moving. When we ascended
+some twenty yards above the earth, we were carried at a fearful pace
+through the air; I perceived it was kept up by means of wings, which were
+made of material which in appearance was silk. These wings were of great
+dimensions, but were extended or contracted in size according to the
+power and force of the current. The propelling agency was compressed
+air, but how this worked, and whether it was combined with other gases or
+not, I could not learn. I found the travelling exceedingly pleasant;
+when I closed my eyes I could not detect the least motion. Objects came
+and went, we appeared to pass them as rapidly as the moving clouds in a
+terrible storm, or falling stars on a bright November night. We arrived
+at our destination a few minutes earlier than we anticipated. The prince
+conducted me to the royal palace, and placing me in charge of some
+important state functionary, repaired to the council of his royal master;
+when he left, he said he would not be long, and on returning he would
+join me for the evening. I must own, that I felt extremely sorry to have
+to part, even for a short time, from one who was so kind and so
+agreeable; and I felt this the more in consequence of the peculiar
+position in which I was placed. I was now the denizen of a strange
+world, and surrounded by a strange race.
+
+During the absence of Prince Tippin I began to realize my position. I
+thought what a fool I was in leaving my home and country, the anxiety my
+absence would cause my parents, and the uncertainty of my ever seeing
+them again. This thought deeply moved me. I was exceedingly uneasy in
+both mind and conscience; I could neither sit nor lie still for three
+consecutive minutes. At last, after examining every article in the room,
+I asked the attendant if he could give me any kind of book or writing
+material, by the aid of which I hoped to forget myself. The attendant
+informed me that they did not use books, that their knowledge was orally
+handed down from father to son, from the priests to the people, and thus
+all the inhabitants became wise.
+
+When the prince returned dinner was served up in the ante-room,—a fine
+hall, radiantly lighted up. Our first course was soup made of choice
+herbs, which was not only extremely satisfying but exceedingly palatable.
+Of this I partook heartily. When the dishes were removed our attendant
+brought in milk thickened with meal, coloured with saffron; this was
+served up in basins of gold. Afterwards we had tarts, pies, and fruit of
+the most delicious flavour; the fruit resembled the pear, but was sweeter
+and more juicy.
+
+After the meal was over, I asked the prince if he would give me a glass
+of wine.
+
+“My young friend,” replied the prince, “I regret to be unable to comply
+with your wish. Wines, and all kinds of alcoholic drinks, are prohibited
+from being used by the law of the State; I dare not, therefore, supply
+you with this beverage, even if I had it in my possession.”
+
+“But why, excellency, have you such a singular law?”
+
+“For various reasons. Would you wish to be furnished with the cause of
+the existence of such an enactment?”
+
+“You will confer upon me a personal favour by stating the reasons for the
+existence of such a regulation.”
+
+“These are the reasons. We want the minds of our people to be clear and
+bright, and their intellectual vision unclouded. Is not that important?”
+
+“Yes, certainly.”
+
+“Again; in these dominions, crime, destitution, poverty, pauperism, and
+wrong-doing are unknown; but if our people, like yours, imbibed
+spirituous liquors, crimes would be as frequent and poverty as widely
+spread as are those terrible evils in your kingdom!”
+
+“I readily admit the force of your reasoning; I am bound to own that the
+drinking customs of my country are the real causes of our more serious
+national evils.”
+
+“Then, sir, your government ought to enact stringent laws in order to
+diminish the cause of those evils.”
+
+“We are a race of free men, living in a free country, and I am afraid
+that no government will for some years be strong enough to battle
+successfully with this custom.”
+
+“You pass laws to suppress vice; and drunkenness being one of the
+greatest vices of your people, and the parent of all others, I can see no
+reason why you should not put down this traffic by legislation.”
+
+“Your excellency may be right in your conclusion. The evil is a terrible
+blot on our civilization; were we a strictly sober race, we should be by
+far the grandest people on earth.”
+
+“My own observations lead me to the same conclusion; but for the present
+we must put an end to the argument. It is time for you to retire. Your
+attendant awaits you. To-morrow we shall meet again, though I am afraid
+only for a few minutes, as I have to pay a visit to a distant part of the
+empire.”
+
+The next morning I breakfasted alone. Though I saw during the morning
+several of the little people passing along the lawn in front of my
+window, I did not venture to speak to them, nor did any member of the
+race pay me a visit.
+
+About midday the door of my room was opened, and a little gentleman
+walked into the hall, and, without saying a word, sat down in a vacant
+chair opposite the one on which I was seated. After examining my
+appearance, he observed, “I presume you are the stranger who accompanied
+Prince Tippin to the palace last evening?”
+
+“I am the stranger, sir.”
+
+“I hope the attendant has shown you every courtesy, and has not been
+wanting in hospitality.”
+
+“From the prince and attendant I have received every consideration; and
+as for the fare, sir, I might have gone further and fared worse. I like
+your food much.”
+
+“This is a very different country from yours, is it not?”
+
+_Myself_. Yes; widely different.
+
+“I presume you find it strange to have light without a sun or moon or
+stars?”
+
+_Myself_. I miss the genial light of the sun; but there is a softness, a
+reflected beauty, in the light here which we do not possess in our
+diurnal luminary.
+
+“Our light is uniform, as is our climate. In the northern regions of
+your country the sun constantly shines during several months of your
+year, which is followed by continuous darkness or night, when the
+inhabitants have to reside in snow or ice-built houses. Dreary must be
+the life of a people so circumstanced. You have in your climate genial
+and joyous spring, when nature revives from the dead and puts on her
+youthful and gay apparel, when the thorn, the citron, and the apple-tree
+bud and blossom;—beautiful is your spring, the loveliest and most
+charming season of your year. Then comes your summer, with its green
+meads, and fields of waving corn, and rich fruit. No artist can paint,
+no language can set forth, the grandeur of your clime during autumn.
+What have you afterwards? Cold, icy, and chilling winter, with its dank
+and cold atmosphere; with your hills, mountains, and even your dales,
+covered with snow. In winter your country seems dead, clay-like, and
+lifeless; sad and dreary to me is your winter scene. In this land we
+have perpetual spring. In all the months of the year the orange, the
+citron, and the apple-tree send forth their buds and blossoms and their
+ripe and rich fruit; our valleys and mountains are always green, a
+circumstance which to you, doubtless, appears very strange.”
+
+_Myself_. Is that really so? Do your fields and trees and hillsides
+present at all times the same hue?
+
+“Yes; the colour never alters, and nature in this region is never weary
+in its development, and never halts in the manifestation of her power;
+she goes from strength to strength, and with increased vigour as the
+years roll on.”
+
+_Myself_. A strange phenomenon this! Can you account for the existence
+of such perennial inherent power?
+
+“Oh yes. Upon our mountains, valleys, and plains there perpetually
+descend from above constant showers of ethereal riches. Our earth thus
+daily receives from heaven even more riches than she gives in flower and
+fruit, and grass, and vegetable matter. Thus she daily and hourly
+becomes richer and more bountiful.”
+
+_Myself_. But suppose the spring, the perennial fountain, of this
+life-giving bounty and luxuriance, were to fail or to dry up, what would
+be your position then? From whence could you then obtain your supply?
+
+“Of such a calamity we entertain no dread. For thousands of years this
+process has been going on, and through years unnumbered it will be
+continued. In your world there is a gradual decay; nature there is
+exhausting herself. For the present you have enough and to spare; but
+how will it be, what will your people do, when the virgin soil of the
+world on the other side of the Atlantic becomes exhausted? That time
+must come; what will your people do then?”
+
+_Myself_. Before that day arrives humanity will become etherealized,
+spirit-like, and super-mundane. As a race, sir, we are not destined to
+continue the sordid, cloddy, and vulgar eating people we now are. Oh,
+no; the earthly tabernacle is to be put off, and we shall live on angels’
+food.
+
+“Your race then, sir, has the hope and prospect of dwelling in a sphere
+beyond your present world?”
+
+_Myself_. Most assuredly.
+
+“Who is to be the king of that world? Who the ruler?”
+
+_Myself_. The king will be the great Unseen and Eternal, the
+self-existent and self-created Being who rules heaven’s armies and
+earth’s inhabitants.
+
+“This is the Being, is it not, whom your nation worship and adore?”
+
+_Myself_. Yes; and we are to live with Him for ever, and enjoy His
+fellowship. And don’t you believe in Him too?
+
+“Alas! no; I wish we did. When I consider how beautiful our clime and
+country are,—our friendship, associations, consciousness, friends,
+relations,—I often shudder at the thought of annihilation. Sometimes I
+am terribly oppressed with the thought of ceasing to be, and the more
+thoughtful of my race hold similar opinions and feelings.”
+
+_Myself_. What do you and your people worship? Who is the object of
+your adoration?
+
+“We worship truth; a thing not a person; an idea, not a reality; a form,
+beautiful though it be, and not a substance. It is awful to think that
+the grave is to be the end of our joys, pleasures, and delights. In the
+matter of worship, you are right and we are wrong; you are the wise ones,
+we the fools. But you have, methinks, too much of form in your manner of
+worshipping your Supreme.”
+
+_Myself_. I agree with your last remark; but pray tell me how you have
+acquired such an intimate knowledge of our affairs.
+
+“By frequent visits to your land, and by mixing with your people.”
+
+_Myself_. I never saw a member of your race until I was fortunate enough
+to meet Prince Tippin.
+
+“Perhaps not; but I have traversed the whole of your country, as well as
+other countries beyond the sea.”
+
+_Myself_. Is that really so? You certainly astonish me.
+
+“Twice every year, in your spring time and autumn, I visit your world on
+affairs of state.”
+
+_Myself_. Then there dwell in other climes a kindred people, a race like
+your own?
+
+“Certainly; and I have often paid them a friendly visit.”
+
+_Myself_. In what parts of the country do they live?
+
+“In several parts. In fair Mona’s Isle there dwell the Pobli Bach. In
+East Anglia is the race of the Plantos. In Germany, living on the banks
+of the Rhine, are the Pobli Wyn. In France, Spain, Italy, and the East
+there are different tribes inhabiting a precisely similar country to
+this. And their habits, customs, mode of life and government, are all
+identical with ours.”
+
+_Myself_. And do you live in peace with each other? Do you never
+quarrel, and go to war, and kill each other in battle?
+
+“Oh dear no! We live at peace. According to our code of morals, it is
+very wicked to take away or destroy life. Of all things in our world
+life is the beautifullest. We are shocked, and pained, and grieved in
+witnessing the contentions between the peoples of your world. In our
+view it is awful to use your arts, skill, and wealth, in making
+instruments, and in training and paying men, to kill and destroy. Yet
+you call yourselves Christians!”
+
+_Myself_. In my conscience I believe we are wrong.
+
+“You do; do you?”
+
+_Myself_. Assuredly I do. I believe war is wrong; is hateful to high
+heaven; is contrary to the principles of the gospel, which command us to
+love one another. From God comes life. He sustains it. He only has a
+right to take it away. In man we see His image. Of one blood He has
+made us all. Although we are brothers, yet we act towards each other as
+if we were the children of the evil one. But a time will come when
+strife and contention shall cease, when there shall exist universal
+harmony, a harmony founded on the law of Christ, which is the law of
+love.
+
+“I am surprised at your confession. The opinion you hold on this
+question is directly contrary to that held by your teachers. Why, your
+ministers preach the doctrine that war is in harmony with your faith. Is
+not that so?”
+
+_Myself_. I must own that that is so. Still I believe them to be in
+error, and hope they will discover their error before it is too late. I
+am afraid that a great deal of the scepticism of the times is principally
+owing to the want of harmony between the truth and the profession of it.
+As a race we don’t practically live out the precepts of our faith. Hence
+the reason why men of the world scorn religious men, and you know
+contempt usually ends in disbelief.
+
+“If we have not the light you have, still we are a purer and a more
+virtuous people than yours. We are sober and temperate, but your race is
+not. We live in peace, never engage in war, but you kill each other with
+the sword and the bow. Then as our climate is so superior to yours, why
+not stay with us for ever?”
+
+_Myself_. I could not live without seeing my father and mother; without
+visiting the upper world in order to bask occasionally on the sylvan
+banks of Tawe’s crystal waters; to gaze on the blue heavens, with their
+twinkling stars; to wander about the green meads, and listen to the rich
+melody of the winged songsters of the grove and primeval forest; but I
+should like to visit you now and then. Before I return I am anxious to
+see and have converse with your king, the rather that, as the prince
+informed me, he is a wise and virtuous ruler.
+
+“I rejoice that the prince has spoken so well of his master. I am the
+king, and I thank you for speaking so freely of your country and its
+people. Whenever you choose to pay us a visit, be assured you shall be
+heartily welcome.”
+
+_Myself_. May it please your majesty, your majesty has treated me as if
+I were a prince instead of a poor fisherman’s son. Your majesty’s
+kindness and hospitality I shall ever remember with gratitude. I accept
+your invitation, and I will certainly pay another visit to your beautiful
+country.
+
+_The King_. At all times you shall be heartily received.
+
+_Myself_. Thanks; a thousand thanks. Were I not a Welshman, I would
+dwell in your beautiful land.
+
+_The King_. You have spoken handsomely of my dominions. But here comes
+the prince; he shall conduct you to the sylvan banks of your beautiful
+river, a river you so much love.
+
+Before setting out on my homeward journey, I briefly inspected the royal
+carriage. I now discovered, what had previously escaped my notice, that
+underneath, and attached to the side of the carriage, were inflated skins
+filled with natural gas. These gave a buoyancy to the machine. Indeed,
+it was only by the use of strong ropes made of grass that it was kept on
+the earth. On stepping into the carriage, these ropes were unhooked; it
+then began to ascend, and on reaching an altitude of forty yards we got
+into what the prince called node currents, which carried us along at the
+rate of 300 miles an hour. We soon reached the public buildings referred
+to in a previous part of my story, and from thence he conducted me
+through the subterranean passage until we reached fair Tawe’s shore.
+
+I urged the prince to accompany me to my parents’ cottage, which he
+declined. He said that he had a special engagement with the fairies of
+East Anglia—having arranged to spend the night with them at their annual
+dance on the verdant fields below Derwent Fawr. I subsequently learnt,
+that Prince Tippin was engaged to a princess of the above tribe, of the
+name of Titania; and that they frequently met on Derwent’s green fields
+“to dance the nights to the whistling wind.”
+
+On entering my home I found my parents mourning for me as one who was
+dead. At first they would not believe me to be their son, but thought it
+was their son’s spirit which had come to visit them. I soon convinced
+them of being still in the flesh,—that I was no ghost, no spirit. I had
+then to give them a history of my travels, to tell them of the strange
+sights I had seen, the singular people I had met, the character of the
+kingdom I had visited; but on my telling them of the gold and precious
+stones with which the land abounded, my mother upbraided me for coming
+away without a large lump of gold. I told her that I did not covet other
+people’s property, and that I should have acted extremely wrong had I
+taken away the gold of a people from whom I had received so much
+kindness.
+
+I remained at home for several weeks, and occasionally went to school. I
+found my old enemy as cruel as ever, and I came to the conclusion that on
+the very first opportunity I would return to the fairy kingdom beneath
+the bay.
+
+On wandering along the strand one fine morning, I was hailed by a voice I
+could never forget. The prince informed me that having just returned
+from visiting his fair Titania, he was about to return to Dinas Aur, and
+urged me to return with him. I readily yielded to his wishes, and
+sending a message to my parents where I had gone, we started off, and
+returned by means of the aërial carriage.
+
+As I anticipated, my return to Dinas Aur, was hailed with extreme delight
+by the few persons I had come in contact with on my previous visit. His
+majesty the king gave me a hearty welcome, and expressed a hope that I
+would continue to sojourn in his dominions at least for a season. I
+expressed my gratitude to his majesty for his extreme kindness, and
+informed him that as my parents were acquainted with the place of my
+abode, I was the less anxious to return home than if that knowledge was
+not in their possession.
+
+The king replied, that I had shown, by sending the message I had, that I
+was a dutiful son, fond of my mother and father, that I had shown I did
+not want to give them a moment’s uneasiness and pain. His majesty then
+dismissed me, and placed me under the special protection of his
+chancellor, Prince Tippin. This arrangement afforded me inexpressible
+satisfaction and delight, as on all occasions I had received from him
+every consideration and courtesy.
+
+In my subsequent intercourse with the prince, I found him to be a man
+without prejudice, wholly free from bigotry, and in all circumstances
+never showing the least indication of passion. He loved purity and
+goodness wherever he found those virtues. He abominated cant, and
+loathed low tricks which no one who wished to be regarded as honourable
+would resort to in order to gain a special end. In his own beautiful
+language, which I soon learned, he would use a string of adjectives to
+characterize that class of men, who are mean, selfish, unprincipled; men
+who have no claim to be admitted into the society of pure and noble and
+unselfish individuals. “Look,” he said one day to me, “at your public
+men, from the highest to the lowest; they are influenced by the love of
+power and fame, and you find that when a particular end is to be secured
+they are indifferent as to the means to be employed. In appointing
+persons to fill important posts, the claims of your best men are wholly
+ignored. You sadly want men at the head of your affairs who are just,
+magnanimous, and patriotic, men who are simply ambitious to secure the
+welfare and weal of the people.”
+
+_Myself_. I must own, your excellency, that there is too much truth in
+your strictures and censures. But we are improving, and shall ultimately
+become a pure and perfect race. Are there no persons of the class you
+have described in your country? Is your race perfectly free from
+selfishness and faction?
+
+“Certainly; we are all equal. As citizens and subjects we occupy the
+same position. Our best men occupy all posts in the civil government of
+the country. Here again, all people readily obey the law: delinquents
+are banished the kingdom.”
+
+_Myself_. Have you not frequent occasion to put the law in force?
+
+“By no means. There is only one case on record for one hundred years in
+which the law has been rigorously carried out.”
+
+_Myself_. You must be a law-observing people. I wish from my heart that
+our race were as pure as yours.
+
+“They would be were your rulers as wise as ours.”
+
+_Myself_. Then you think that our leading men are inferior to yours?
+
+“Think! I know they are. The history of your country proves this. But
+we must drop the subject now. I have an engagement with my royal master
+at this hour, and I must hasten to the council chamber, for I fear his
+majesty has already gone there.”
+
+After supper, and just as I was about to retire to my chamber, I received
+a visit from the Princess Mervyna and her two little sisters. They were
+attended by their maid, who, though she was smaller in stature than her
+mistress, was evidently many years her senior. The Princess Mervyna
+introduced herself, and said that she had come to command me to join them
+at their sports the next day. I expressed regret to the princess at
+being unable to comply with her wish, having previously arranged to
+accompany the chancellor to a distant part of the kingdom. I told her
+that I should regard it as a high honour to join them at their games the
+day after. She acquiesced in this, though she was evidently a little
+vexed as well as disappointed with the arrangement. However, she gave me
+a gracious bow, and on retiring, said, “Don’t forget your promise.” I
+again assured her I would not.
+
+It was nearly noon before Prince Tippin and I started off from the city
+on the following day. We had the same carriage as the one we had used on
+previous occasions, and we proceeded at an equally rapid pace.
+
+After a flight of 140 miles, we descended to the earth on the top of a
+high mountain, which in their language was called Wyddfa, or Conspicuous,
+from which position we had a magnificent prospect of the country. In the
+distance we beheld seas like glass, on which apparently were myriads of
+little people, some of whom were engaged in skating, others in bowling
+balls along the ice, others were playing cricket, while not a few were
+dancing to the music of the wind. We observed a great number of the
+little folks playing with golden balls, which they propelled along the
+ice by means of a crook.
+
+Though the players went along the ice at a fearful pace, yet I did not
+observe a single person fall.
+
+Between us and the players there was a beautiful undulating country,
+which abounded with streamlets and sylvan dells, and the peculiar soft
+light of the region brought out the deep green of the foliage to a degree
+I had not previously beheld. The scene was exquisitely lovely, so rich
+in tint and colour as to leave an indelible impression upon the mind.
+Indeed and in truth this was a fairyland, an enchanted ground, though to
+my vision it was real, palpable, and actual. I became rooted to the
+spot, for never had I beheld a scene so full of beauty. I was awakened
+from my reverie by the familiar voice of the prince, who called out,
+“Elidorus! Elidorus! our time is up; we must haste over other mountains
+and valleys, over streamlets and rivers, for we have a long distance yet
+to go, and but a short time to travel it in.”
+
+On taking our seat in the aërial carriage, the prince informed me that we
+should not stop again until arriving at our journey’s end, and that on
+passing a rocky headland we could see in the distance, we should have a
+capital view of the city of the plain. When we passed the place alluded
+to, the city appeared in sight, but the houses and palaces were buried in
+the rich green foliage of trees, which grew in every street. As we were
+proceeding at a fearful pace, we had only a glance at the city as we
+passed over it.
+
+On arriving at our destination, we were conducted by a little gentleman
+clad in rich apparel to the Hall of Brotherhood, which we found was
+crowded with the principal inhabitants of the city. The prince was
+conducted to the chair of honour—a kind of throne, and he motioned me to
+occupy the vacant seat on his right hand. Presently the prince asked the
+governor of the city if peace, good-will, and concord reigned there?
+
+“Tranquillity and brotherly love still continue,” replied the governor.
+
+“Ever so live,” said the prince, “for peace is one of the cardinal
+virtues of all good citizens. I wish to know, sir governor, if your city
+is free from sickness, disease, and fevers; and if not, why not?”
+
+“The bloom of health, your excellency,” replied the governor, “is on the
+cheeks of all. And why? Our people drink only the pure waters of the
+crystal fountain. They inhale the constant current of vital air, which
+flows here like a tidal wave, and it imparts life, energy, power, and joy
+to all.”
+
+The governor then retired and left the hall. When the door was closed,
+the prince asked the citizens if they had any charge to make or any
+complaint to bring against the governor. They all rejoined that they had
+not any complaint, but that, on the contrary, his conduct met with the
+hearty approval of all. Presently the council came to an end, and soon
+afterwards we returned home.
+
+On the following morning I was awakened by a gentle knock at my chamber
+door. Presently the door was opened, whereupon my waiting attendant
+walked in. He informed me that the Princess Mervyna had already called,
+and that she and the royal party were ready to proceed to their place of
+rendezvous, having arranged to have a grand day in honour of my visit. I
+felt very much annoyed at having overslept myself, and still more vexed
+at keeping the little lady and her friends waiting me. I only took a few
+minutes to dress, and having taken a basin of warm milk, proceeded in
+search of the royal party, who had already taken their seats in the
+king’s carriage. The princess and her little brother and sisters gave me
+a cordial greeting. I soon found that we had left the earth and were
+travelling due south of my previous day’s voyage, and before I fully
+realized my position we had descended on the identical sea of ice where I
+had seen the games being carried on on the preceding morning.
+
+On leaving the carriage the party broke up into sections, some joining
+parties who had already arrived from other cities of the kingdom; others
+joining other parties who appeared of a different race from the natives.
+The princess acted as my cicerone during the day, and she laughed
+heartily on seeing me now and then unable to retain my balance on the
+slippery ice. Had it not been for her presence of mind, I certainly
+should have fallen on several occasions. Towards the evening I joined in
+the games, though I found myself but an indifferent player. We wound up
+the day’s fête by a dance on the ice to the music of the harp. Never
+shall I forget the scenes of that day. The hopping and skipping, the
+dancing and romping of the little people, who tried to excel each other
+in mirth and fun: the scene produced an impression on my mind which the
+iron hand of time will never deface or remove. On our return to the
+palace, we were all ushered into the banqueting hall, where a grand feast
+awaited us. After dinner, Mervyna related to the king, her father, the
+principal incidents of the day; and the good monarch was highly amused at
+her stories of my difficulties and mishaps. When the banquet was over I
+retired to my apartment, where I was soon joined by Prince Tippin.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+[Here there is a break in the narrative owing to the loss of several
+folios of the original manuscript. From the contents of the remaining
+portion, we infer that the missing pages contained an account of several
+other visits paid to the people of the fairy kingdom, and the incidents
+of the respective journeys. We learn, too, that the Princess Mervyna
+became greatly attached to our hero, but that an estrangement
+subsequently took place between them. But the remaining narrative
+contains no record of the cause which led to the estrangement. The
+following is the concluding portion of the history.]
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Ah, me! ah, me! what a strange race and people is that who inhabit the
+fairy kingdom. They live in a beautiful country, speak a language which
+is full of poetry, they are a virtuous and truth-loving race. Moreover,
+their land abounds with treasures; gems, gold, and precious stones are
+there. Oh, what a noble and loving spirit is that of the dear princess,
+loving and lovable is she. To be with her, was like a heaven upon earth.
+I loved her as I never loved human being. To me she was more precious
+than all the world. In my various visits the tie between us became
+dearer and dearer. Had it not been for — I’ll not mention his name, I
+should be longingly looking forward to another tender embrace. But the
+tie is now broken—I did not mean to take the gold. Justly have I been
+punished. Had I not done this, had I refused to listen to the suggestive
+temptations of my mother,—the door would not have been closed. It was I
+who did the deed, and I repent in dust and ashes. What I have suffered
+on account of this, no tongue can tell, nor can language set forth. But
+my deepest grief arises from the thought that I shall never again embrace
+the dear M—, the object of my heart’s fondest affection.
+
+
+
+
+CEFN-Y-BEDD;
+OR, A
+VISIT TO THE SHRINE OF LLEWELYN AB
+GRUFFYDD, THE LAST CAMBRIAN KING.
+
+
+ Frequent is heard the voice of woe,
+ Frequent the tears of sorrow flow;
+ Such sounds as erst, in Camlan heard,
+ Roused to wrath old Arthur’s bard;
+ Cambria’s warrior we deplore;
+ Our Llewelyn is no more.
+ Who like Llewelyn now remains,
+ To shield from wrong his native plains?
+ My soul with piercing grief is filled;
+ My vital blood with horror chilled:
+ Nature herself is changed, and lo!
+ Now all things sympathize below.
+ Hark! how the howling wind and rain,
+ In loud symphony complain!
+ Hark! how the consecrated oaks,
+ Unconscious of the woodman’s strokes,
+ With thundering crash proclaim he’s gone;
+ Fall in each others’ arms and groan!
+ Hark! how the sullen tempests roar!
+ See! how the white waves lash the shore!
+ See! how eclipsed the sun appears!
+ See! how the stars fall from their spheres!
+ Each awful Heaven-sent prodigy
+ Ye sons of infidelity,
+ Believe and tremble! Guilty land,
+ Lo, thy destruction is at hand!
+ Thou great Creator of the world,
+ Why are not thy red lightnings hurled?
+ Will not the sea, at Thy command,
+ Swallow up this guilty land?
+ Why are we left to mourn in vain
+ The guardian of our country slain?
+ No place, no refuge for us left,
+ Of homes, of liberty bereft;
+ Where shall we flee, to whom complain,
+ Since our dear Llewelyn’s slain?
+
+ _Translated from a Welsh poem_.
+
+It was a calm and balmy evening in the month of July, 18—, when all
+nature appeared hushed in still quietude and death-like repose, when not
+a zephyr breeze, causing the leaves of the trees to murmur or wave, was
+felt: such was the character of the lovely and sunny evening on which I
+left the beautiful valley in which the little village of Llanwrtyd
+nestles among the hills, for the purpose of paying a special visit to
+Cefn-y-Bedd, the spot to which the finger of tradition points as the
+resting-place, the sacred ground, the hallowed earth in which were
+deposited—amid the universal wail and lamentation of the Cambrian people,
+when widows, fathers, brothers and sisters, heroes not a few, men who
+never dreaded danger, and who were always foremost in battle—strong,
+fearless, and valiant warriors, wept and sorrowed, and refused to be
+comforted because their Prince, their champion, and their idol was not.
+It was at Cefn-y-Bedd, which is now a respectable farm homestead, where
+no monument of any kind marks the spot, that the mortal remains of
+Llewelyn ap Gruffydd, the last reigning sovereign of Wales, were
+interred. If no Parian marble marks the ground beneath whose sacred sod
+lies the dust of the dear departed, his name still survives, his virtues
+still live, his memory is still fondly cherished by hundreds and
+thousands of his descendants; and though nearly six centuries have come
+and gone since the fall of our great captain, prince, and patriot, he
+still speaks to the people and the nation. Yes; his name is still dear
+to Cambria’s sons and daughters. His memory is even now, after the lapse
+of so many years, fresh and green. If the poor flesh, which contained
+one of the purest and manliest souls that ever dwelt in a tabernacle of
+clay, has long, long ago crumbled into dust, the man, the hero, and the
+patriot survive, and will live in the annals of his country, and be an
+idol in the heart of his descending race until time shall be no more.
+
+I have remarked that the above visit was a “special visit.” A few days
+previous I had passed Cefn-y-Bedd, on my way to the little border town of
+Builth, but in passing by the sacred shrine of our illustrious ancestor,
+I knew not that I was on hallowed ground. A lady companion called my
+attention to an admirable husbandry arrangement of the homestead, the
+like of which I had not previously seen in Breconshire. The observation
+of my companion and the scene around led me into a train of thought
+relating to bygone years, to the deeds of old, the revolution of
+kingdoms, the decline and fall of empires, and the changes which are
+daily taking place in families, in governments, and in the homes of both
+rich and poor. I said to myself, every house, every cottage, every
+mountain and valley has a history peculiar to itself—a history full of
+interest, replete with romantic doings and sayings far more
+wonderful,—embodying events and circumstances of more profound interest
+and of deeper and far more pathetic story—than is often found in the
+works of fiction. Who can tell, for I am sure I cannot, but that,
+perhaps, that house, with its farm-yard and out-buildings, its garden and
+flowers, possesses a history peculiar to itself? and it may be that long,
+long ago heroes and mighty men of valour took shelter here from the fury
+of the tempest or from the burning sun of mid-day July heat, in their
+march from one battle-field to another. But why travel to the land of
+shadows? Why draw ideal pictures of events that are past, of heroes,
+warriors, and statesmen, of battles, conquests, and defeats? The dead
+cannot be called to life. The past cannot be revived. The work done
+cannot be undone. The past can never be recalled. Well, if these things
+are among the impossibilities of life, there is one thing at any rate
+which I can do. I can drop a tear on the grave which contains the
+hallowed dust. I can recall the memories of the dear departed; I can
+paint and set forth their virtues, can photograph their manliness and
+bravery, can sketch and limn their life and deeds; so that this and
+succeeding generations may learn to live more wisely, be more true, more
+faithful to the dearest interests of their country, especially with
+reference to those measures which lie at the basis of national progress
+and the comfort and weal of the people.
+
+The situation of Cefn-y-Bedd is exquisitely beautiful, and the scenery is
+richly diversified. From it one beholds a wide expanse of country, with
+varied and magnificent views, which are finely alternated with luxuriant
+fertile meadows, groves of thriving timber, and flourishing plantations.
+In the distance we have views of the rocky hills of Llanelwedd, at whose
+base flows the poetic and majestic Wye, the beautifullest of rivers. To
+the south-east is the far-famed Eppynt Forest, and down through a
+luxuriant sylvan dell runs the meandering Irvon. From this sacred spot
+one beholds at a glance scenery in which are combined the bold and soft,
+the sterile and woody, bare and rocky hills and verdant glades. It is a
+scene on which the eye delights to dwell. In the far distance the bald
+rocks of Aberedw appear in view. It was among those rocks that Llewelyn
+encamped before his departure for Builth. Little did he fancy when he
+left that stronghold on the cold winter’s morning that his life was so
+near its close. That he was surrounded by enemies, he was well aware.
+That the armies of King Edward were in the immediate vicinity of his camp
+he was fully cognizant of. His spies had brought him information of the
+several posts occupied by the English, and of his being in imminent
+danger of an attack from various quarters of the combined hosts.
+Aberedw, though admirably formed by nature for resisting an attack, when
+directed from the Wye banks, was yet wholly untenable in the face of the
+terrible odds with which he had now to cope—a combined army moving from
+various military posts. Seeing his danger, the Cambrian prince resolved
+to break up his camp, and march along the sylvan Wye to Builth. Crossing
+the bridge, he moved on in a southwesterly direction to Pont Orewyn,
+where the Prince, unarmed, received the deadly spear. He was killed on
+the 10th of December, 1282.
+
+Having introduced to the notice of my readers the hero of my story—the
+man whom Heaven, in its wisdom, specially raised up to meet the demands
+of the most trying emergency which had befallen a great and an heroic
+people—the man who, when placed at the head of affairs, found his country
+prostrate, the national treasury empty, and the people dispirited by
+reason of sad reverses—I shall proceed now to sketch the career of the
+man; to set forth his virtues; to paint, but with no exaggerated
+colouring, his character as a prince, as a ruler, as a military
+commander, and as a friend; and shall show, what history clearly proves,
+that he inspired his countrymen with an amount of confidence and trust
+which no previous sovereign had been able to infuse into them; that the
+veneration with which his name was so universally held was traceable to
+virtues in his public acts and private life; further, that had it not
+been for the treason of the faithless few, Llewelyn would have
+transmitted the sovereignty of Wales to his posterity. He died, not on
+the field of battle, but alone and unarmed was he when the fatal blow was
+struck. By-and-by I shall show that he had done his work, and for him to
+die was gain.
+
+On the right bank of the sylvan Wheeler,—a small crystal stream which
+flows through the luxuriant and richly wooded vale of Caerwys,—there
+stands the modern mansion of Maesmynen. In a meadow near the present
+hall there was, in the thirteenth century, an ancient palace, which from
+time immemorial had been one of the royal residences of the Cambrian
+Princes. Beautiful was the situation of this ancient mansion. All that
+the eye loves to rest on could be seen from the elevated spot on which it
+stood. This palace was the favourite residence of the unfortunate Prince
+Llewelyn. Here he spent his boyhood. Here he principally lived until
+his country called him to occupy a more conspicuous and more prominent
+position. In the neighbouring woods of Yseiefiog, Caerwys, Trev-Edwyn,
+and Bodfari, he and his trusty friends were accustomed to follow the
+chase. Indeed, he lived here among friends and dependents, for the
+circumjacent cantrevs of Rhos, Dyffryn Clwyd, Rhyfoniog, and
+Englefield—which cantrevs included the country between Conway and
+Chester—were his own property and possessions. About midway between the
+two extreme points was the royal palace of Maesmynen. Here he breathed
+the pure air of heaven. Here he was free from the turmoil of life’s
+cares and life’s battles. Here he felt but little anxiety in connection
+with the terrible war then being carried on between his countrymen,
+headed by Llewelyn the Great, and, subsequent to the death, in 1240, of
+that illustrious monarch, by his son and successor, Prince Davydd;
+because the Prince of Maesmynen felt that the right men were at the head
+of affairs, and that Heaven would defend the cause of the just. Though
+Llewelyn, the last prince, was not anxious as to the result of the
+struggle, yet that he was not an indifferent spectator of the scene, and
+its consequences to the nation, is evident from the annals of those
+momentous times. Why then did he keep aloof from the struggle? Why did
+he remain inactive? Why did he continue to live a life of ease and
+pleasure, when duty called him to the front? The reason is apparent when
+we consider the then existing relation between members of the royal
+house. His father had been cruelly treated, and had been made a prisoner
+by his own brother Davydd; and when liberated, through the intervention
+of mutual friends, he simply exchanged the castle of Criccaeth for the
+Tower of London. In that stronghold he was securely guarded by King
+Henry’s soldiers. Some of his noble compatriots, illustrious Cambrian
+chieftains, successfully effected his release from the Tower, but Prince
+Gruffydd, the father of our hero, in an endeavour to accomplish his own
+liberation, fell from a great height and was killed on the spot. It
+appears that that prince had made a cord with the linen of his bed and
+table, and when he had descended about midway between the window and the
+ground, the cord broke, and the unhappy prince was precipitated into the
+Tower ditch, and was killed. This sad event took place in the year 1244.
+During the two following years, King Davydd, being wholly free from
+anxiety on account of his brother’s superior claim to the throne, which
+his death had annulled, pursued a vigorous policy, displaying traits of
+character and versatility of genius of the highest order. He was brave
+as a lion, and was ever foremost in the struggle; thus he secured the
+confidence of his friends, the admiration of his followers, the love of
+his soldiers, and the dread of his enemies. His reign, however, was but
+of brief duration. In 1216 he died at Aber Palace. Though this prince
+was hated by many during his reign, his death was generally lamented.
+
+When the solemn obsequies connected with the funeral of the deceased
+prince were over, the Cambrian barons and chieftains met in a national
+congress, and unanimously elected Prince Llewelyn-ap-Gruffydd and his
+brother Owen as joint sovereigns of Wales. The decision of the barons
+was hailed with the liveliest satisfaction by the Cambrian people. The
+reason of the existence of this feeling in favour of the two princes is
+obvious. Their father had been the idol of the Welsh. The people in
+both North and South Wales had felt that he had been cruelly treated by
+his brother, that he had been unjustly deprived of his inheritance, that
+his birthright had been taken from him by unfair means (for he was the
+lawful successor to Llewelyn the Great, the heir-apparent to the throne
+on his decease), and hence that the crown belonged to him by seniority.
+The people now rejoiced that the sons of the boy hero who in his youth
+had made King Henry’s army feel his power, were about to be placed in
+possession of their lawful inheritance as rulers and sovereigns of the
+Cambrian nation. In the following pages I shall place before the reader
+facts which show the wisdom of the choice which the national congress
+made.
+
+But I have no intention, indeed it is wholly foreign to my present
+purpose, to write a life of Llewelyn, that is, a consecutive narrative of
+his deeds and acts, and his grand military achievements. In 1856 I
+compiled a biography of my hero, but it still remains in manuscript.
+Briefly stated, my present purpose is to paint a likeness of the last
+prince of the Cymru in three different aspects, that is, as a military
+commander and tactician, as a Cambrian patriot, and as a citizen and
+friend. Regarded in these several aspects, I shall, from reliable data,
+make it perfectly clear that the prince was as just as he was generous;
+that he commanded the respect, the love, the affection and the admiration
+of all who came in contact with him; that moreover, by his deeds of
+prowess, by the manifestation of great skill and eminent military
+tactics, by the rapidity with which he moved his army from one part of
+the battle-field to another, from one point of attack to another place
+which he regarded as vulnerable, he gained a title to be regarded as one
+of the greatest generals of those eventful times. He successfully
+resisted, and more than once conquered, the bravest army then existing in
+Europe.
+
+Immediately after the Welsh princes ascended the throne of their
+ancestors, King Henry of England, at the head of a powerful army, invaded
+North Wales. For this attack the Welsh princes were wholly unprepared;
+and rather than risk an engagement with such terrible odds against them,
+they prudently retreated before the enemy, retiring to the mountain
+districts, from which the English king failed to dislodge them.
+Subsequently, but before Henry returned to England, a treaty of amity and
+peace was concluded between the Cambrian and Saxon monarchs. The
+conditions of this treaty were, first, that Llewelyn was to give up
+possession for ever of his patrimony, the four cantrevs; secondly, that
+he was to serve in Wales, or in the Marches, with one thousand foot and
+twenty-four horse,—this at his own expense; thirdly, that all the Welsh
+barons were to do homage to the English monarch. That the conditions of
+this treaty were most humiliating, we must at once admit; but under the
+circumstances there can be no doubt that Llewelyn acted wisely in
+acceding to them, for had he defied the enemy then, the struggle would
+have proved a hopeless one. The peace which he by the treaty secured,
+lasted for a period of nine years, when Llewelyn became (1254) the sole
+sovereign of Wales. From that time until his untimely end, he reigned
+alone: nobly and magnanimously did he wear the crown. His was a life
+without a stain of dishonour, as pure and bright as the crystal fountain;
+and he has left a name which will never die. Magnanimous was he,
+generous and noble was he, chivalrous and princely in mien and heart was
+he: hence the reason why he was almost worshipped by all who came within
+the sacred circle of his influence; and had he had a moiety of the power
+possessed by the English monarchs, the issue of the struggle would have
+been widely different. However, an all-wise Providence willed it
+otherwise, and it is our duty to bow our heads without a murmur, for He
+does all things in infinite love and wisdom.
+
+After securing such important concessions from Llewelyn, the English
+king, if be had been wise, would have pursued a mild and conciliatory
+policy towards the nobles and barons of the Welsh nation: unfortunately
+for his reputation and statesmanship, good-will towards the conquered
+formed no part of the imperial virtues. He ruled with a rod of iron, the
+olive-branch forming no part of the device upon the king’s banner. Thus
+the fruit of his policy soon became apparent. It would be expecting more
+than human nature to suppose that the Cambrian chieftains and barons
+would remain peaceful and quiet on seeing their estates seized by lords
+Marchers. Moreover, the greatest oppression was practised by minions of
+King Henry, and for the most trivial offences the proud barons of Wales
+were subjected to cruel and extreme punishment. As was natural, his
+cruelties and his policy of confiscation produced everywhere
+disaffection, and ultimately a spirit of implacable hate was engendered.
+The people, to a man, were in the end ready to rise in order to throw off
+the bitter yoke. They had their leader, the brave prince Llewelyn; but
+the fruit was not yet ripe. But while he urged delay, he did not neglect
+preparation for the conflict, for he knew that the day of conflict must
+come. When the hour arrived, Llewelyn took the field, and his
+achievements far surpassed the most sanguine expectations of both himself
+and his brave followers. In the space of a single week he recovered from
+the enemy the possessions they had acquired by war in North Wales and
+Cardiganshire. Wherever he and his little army went, the enemy was
+compelled to yield, and to retire from the battlefield as defeated hosts.
+
+Soon after these successes, Llewelyn led a large army into South Wales.
+Before Dynevor Castle, near Llandilo, he encountered the English forces,
+which were commanded by Rhys Vychan. The battle was conducted with great
+skill and bravery on both sides; but at last the king’s army was
+thoroughly beaten and retired from the field. Immediately after this
+splendid victory, the Cambrian prince returned in triumph to the North,
+where his subjects received him with universal acclamation and heart-felt
+gratitude. But his work now had only just commenced. On his arrival at
+Aber, he found awaiting him a deputation from the four cantrevs,—tenants
+and chiefs residing on lands within his patrimony,—who had come to lay
+before their prince and friend the terrible wrongs they had to endure
+from the exactions of Geoffrey de Langley, who farmed the crown lands
+under Prince Edward of England. “Llewelyn, to avenge their injuries,
+crossed the frontier, carrying fire and sword to the very gates of
+Chester, from the walls of which, Edward himself is said to have been a
+galled witness of the havoc.” On this defeat Edward sought his father’s
+aid, but he sought it in vain: he then applied to his uncle, the king of
+the Romans, for assistance; but the forces he was thereby able to bring
+to the field were found either too cowardly or too weak to attack the
+Welsh. “The Cambrian prince with his army then took a _détour_, they
+entered the territory of Gruffydd ab Madog, lord of Dinas Brân, a chief
+who had formed a hostile league against Llewelyn and his native land,”
+upon whom he took ample revenge. On returning, he suddenly met the
+English army, which was commanded by Prince Edward in person. A terrible
+battle was fought between the Welsh and English armies; but at every
+point of the line Llewelyn’s troops were victorious. In this conflict,
+Edward’s forces were badly beaten, a small remnant only escaping with
+their life. After a brief repose, Llewelyn renewed his operations
+against the domains of Edward, and these he carried on without meeting
+with any serious opposition; but Llewelyn did not love war: in the hour
+of his most splendid triumphs he was anxious for peace. Immediately
+after his recent grand achievements, he wrote to King Henry offering, “if
+a peace were concluded, and the Welsh restored to their ancient laws, to
+give a sum of money to Henry, and to acknowledge his sovereignty.”
+Considering his late successes, we are surprised at his thus humbling
+himself to his foe. Doubtless he made this offer because of the deep
+solicitude he felt for the lives and property of his people. This
+generous offer was rejected with scorn by Henry, whereupon hostilities
+were recommenced with great and increased vigour by both of the
+contending parties.
+
+In reviewing thus far the life and character of the Cambrian prince, we
+have seen that his decision was always followed by prompt and energetic
+action. Whenever he resolved to do a special thing or to gain a certain
+point, he at once set about its accomplishment. To this characteristic
+of the man is traceable the secret of some of his mightiest achievements.
+In the present case Llewelyn gained important victories before the
+English monarch could collect his forces and approach
+his—Llewelyn’s—dominions. During the lull the prince moved his army
+against the Lord of Powys, whom he easily defeated. The tidings of this
+victory having been carried to Gruffydd ab Madog, that chief felt that it
+would be madness on his part to resist the Cambrian prince, and he
+therefore sought and obtained a treaty of peace. Llewelyn then marched
+against the Earl of Gloucester, whom he defeated in a general battle.
+These successes and achievements roused the Welsh to the highest pitch of
+enthusiasm. Accordingly we find that the Cambrian barons and chiefs
+entered into a solemn league to defend till death the independence and
+freedom of their country. This confederacy was formed in the year 1258.
+On its being ratified the Cambrian prince commenced to march southward,
+and gained easy victories over the forces that were thrown forward to
+impede his progress. In a subsequent campaign in South Wales he took the
+castle of Maelienydd, in Radnorshire. Afterwards he invaded the English
+borders on the west side of Shropshire and Cheshire, where he gained
+important advantages over the lords Marchers. From thence he proceeded
+to the castles of Diserdd and Diganwy, which he besieged and destroyed.
+On being apprised of these fresh disasters, Prince Edward marched against
+Llewelyn, who retired to, and took refuge among, the “mountain bulwarks”
+of Carnarvonshire. As Edward dared not follow the Welsh prince there, he
+returned to England, “if not disgraced, at least without any particular
+honour.”
+
+I pass over, as forming no part of my design, the insurrection of De
+Montford, that nobleman’s success against Sir Roger Mortimer, and his
+triumph over Prince Edward, whom he kept a prisoner in Hereford Castle.
+Further, I shall content myself with a passing reference to the invasion
+of Glamorganshire by Llewelyn, the important treaty of Montgomery in 1267
+between Henry and Llewelyn, and the death of the former five years
+afterwards.
+
+When Edward ascended the throne, be called upon Llewelyn to do homage at
+his coronation. The Welsh prince replied that he was prepared to comply
+with the mandate, provided some English noblemen of distinction were sent
+to the Principality as hostages for his security. The negotiations
+respecting the question of homage, and the correspondence relating to the
+imprisonment of Eleanor de Montford, Llewelyn’s betrothed, were carried
+on until the summer of 1277, when Edward, at the head of a numerous body
+of vassals, invaded North Wales. Llewelyn’s army being small, he dared
+not risk a general battle, so he retired and took refuge among the
+inaccessible defences of Snowdon—a safe asylum, a secure retreat on all
+occasions when the commissariat department of the army was attended to.
+Anglesey being now in the hands of the English, and there existing
+disaffection among some of the South Wales chieftains, the prince found
+himself so hemmed in that supplies could not be obtained. “Urged by the
+sufferings of his famishing soldiers, and without any chance of relief,”
+and his betrothed still being a prisoner, Llewelyn was compelled to sue
+for peace; but King Edward refused to entertain any proposal short of an
+unconditional surrender. Under the treaty which was then agreed to, it
+was stipulated that Llewelyn was to do homage in London annually, to
+deliver up all prisoners, to restore all forfeited lands, to resign the
+feudal supremacy over his barons; and all the Welsh chieftains, excepting
+the five barons of Snowdon, were to hold their lands direct from Edward.
+The conditions of this treaty were strictly observed by the Welsh prince
+for a period of about four years. To his subjects those were years of
+suffering. The administration was corrupt; gross frauds were practised
+on the Welsh; while oppression, tyranny, and cruelties characterized the
+proceedings of the representatives of the Government. The people
+complained of the wrongs which they sustained, and mildly but firmly
+asked for a redress of their grievances; but a deaf ear was turned to all
+the representations which were made. At last the yoke became
+intolerable; they appealed to Prince David for assistance, and that
+prince renounced his “unnatural allegiance to Edward,” and became
+reconciled to his brother Llewelyn; and the two princes and a number of
+powerful and influential chieftains organized a concerted movement with a
+view to drive the English from their land and to re-establish the freedom
+and independence of their country. Their cause was good, and their
+object just and noble; but, ah me! they lacked the power and resources
+necessary to accomplish their grand and holy purpose.
+
+Llewelyn and his brother, having matured their plan of action, at once
+commenced the campaign. They jointly invested the castle of Flint, on
+the estuary of the Dee; and from thence they marched to and successfully
+attacked the castle of Rhuddlan. The Cambrian army then moved along the
+coast, and were hotly pursued by Edward, who overtook the retreating
+forces near Conway. Here a general battle was fought between the
+contending forces, in which the Welsh were victorious. On his defeat the
+English king retired to Hope Dale, from which he soon recommenced
+operations, and re-occupied Rhuddlan without experiencing any opposition.
+From Rhuddlan he “despatched a part of his army by sea to take possession
+of the Isle of Anglesey,” and from thence, by means of a bridge of boats,
+this section of the army crossed over the Menai and landed at Moel-y-Don,
+near Bangor. When the reflux of the tide had broken the communication
+between the artificial bridge and the mainland, the Welsh army rushed
+from their hiding-place, and nearly the whole number of the enemy were
+either killed by the sword or perished in the waves. To Edward this was
+an unexpected disaster. For a moment it paralysed his operations. He
+felt that he had underrated the strength and undervalued the generalship
+of Llewelyn, and to make up for the losses he had sustained he raised
+fresh levies throughout his dominions.
+
+During the preparations which were being made by Edward for another
+campaign the Cambrian princes were not idle. They arranged that the
+younger brother, Prince David, should be entrusted with the defence of
+North Wales, while Llewelyn would march against the English forces in
+South Wales. In the county of Cardigan Llewelyn gained important
+victories against the enemy; with a small body of troops he proceeded to
+the vicinity of Builth, with a view to consult some chieftains of that
+locality; and here, unattended and alone, this great, brave, manly,
+heroic, and magnanimous prince fell by the hand of an assassin. Thus
+perished, in the year 1282, after a reign of twenty-eight years,
+Llewelyn, the last native prince of the Cymry!
+
+Having reviewed the military career of Llewelyn, I shall proceed to make
+two or three observations respecting his character as a ruler and
+citizen. We have abundant evidence to prove that he was a profound lover
+of his country. He loved her hills and dales, her mountains and valleys,
+her alpine heights and cwms, or dells, with all the strong passion of a
+warm and generous heart. Deeper than the love of home, of wife, of
+kindred, of lands and possessions, was his affection for wild Wales and
+its people. Of all countries in the wide world, Wales was to him the
+brightest and fairest, and its people the bravest and best. For her
+welfare, he sacrificed all he had, all he possessed; and at last his life
+was immolated on his dear country’s shrine. As a citizen, he was
+generous and kind. His heart was full of human sympathy, while his
+spirit was one of the gentlest that ever dwelt in a tabernacle of clay.
+Although he raised his country to a position of military fame which she
+had not occupied in previous history, yet war, in his view, had no glory.
+He loved peace. He desired to live on terms of amity and friendship with
+the English people and their rulers. But alas! alas! those rulers were
+bent on the destruction of the independence and freedom of his country.
+To prevent this, he led his army against the foe, and for a time war
+smiled upon him; but at last he fell, not in battle, but unarmed and
+alone, stricken to the earth by an assassin.
+
+Brief, comparatively brief, was the public life of Prince Llewelyn; but
+grand, noble, and heroic were his deeds. He lived for others, not for
+himself. For the welfare of his country he laboured, not for personal
+aggrandizement. The mainspring of his actions was the deep and intense
+love of Fatherland. The great object for which he worked and fought and
+suffered, for which he became a public man, the leader and chief and
+ruler of a brave, a virtuous, an heroic people, was, to secure the
+independence of his country, the freedom and liberty of its people, and
+the blessing of permanent peace. To the interests of the land of his
+birth, the home of his father’s sepulchre, he was ever true, ever
+faithful, ever unswerving in fidelity and loyalty. If others proved
+faithless, not so this patriotic prince. If others of his countrymen
+forsook the true standard of national independence, if they joined the
+ranks of the enemy with a view to aid in crushing the liberties of an
+ancient people—a race who could trace their history, without a single
+break in the narrative, hundreds of years before the appearance of the
+Divine Teacher on earth—Llewelyn felt it all the more necessary for him
+to be more fearless in the fray, to put on a bolder and a manlier front,
+to toil and to work more incessantly in the cause which he felt was
+founded upon justice, upon right, and equity. For a period of thirty-six
+years he carried on a successful though an unequal struggle with the
+English monarchs Henry and Edward. But few, very few, was the number of
+his soldiers compared with the hosts who made up the armies that fought
+under the banner of his country’s foes. His were brave men, and they
+were engaged in a struggle which was dearer and more sacred to them than
+life itself. They were true soldiers. To fear they were strangers.
+Deeper than the love of life, than the love of kindred, than the love of
+estates and possessions, was their love and affection for Fatherland. We
+hardly know which to admire the more, the people or their leaders, the
+soldiers or their brave chiefs, the Cambrian army or their lawful prince.
+They were exposed to temptation, but they yielded not to its alluring
+charms. Bribes were freely offered to many a Cambrian chieftain, but
+these offers were made in vain. When at last treason achieved the work
+which a far more powerful nation than the Welsh failed to accomplish on
+the battle-field, let it be proclaimed to the world, and let the fact be
+known to all ages to come, that the traitor was a border man, and not a
+man in whose veins flowed Cambrian blood. But he accomplished his work,
+and Llewelyn was no more. His death was the direst calamity that had
+ever befallen the Cambrian people. Strange as it might appear,
+nevertheless it is an historical fact, that when Llewelyn’s compatriots
+found that their brave prince had fallen by the hands of an assassin, the
+spirit of heroism and bravery appears to have forsaken them. Hence to
+the best, and to the bravest of the brave, the struggle now appeared
+hopeless, notwithstanding that Prince David still lived and was free.
+Though that prince was as brave as his deceased brother he did not
+command the same amount of confidence which was reposed in the slain
+Llewelyn. Thus we find, that though the struggle was continued, it
+lacked the boldness, energy, and high military tactics which had
+characterized the generalship of the martyred chief. Hence it soon
+became evident to the enemy that the death-knell of Cambrian freedom and
+independence had sounded, and that in a few days, or at any rate in a few
+months at most, this ancient Principality would cease to occupy a
+separate and distinct place in the annals of the world. That the people
+in those times should have regarded the downfall of their country, the
+loss of their freedom and independence, as a terrible calamity, was but
+natural. In King Edward’s promises and generosity the Welsh people had
+no confidence. To him and to his immediate predecessor they traced, and
+correctly traced, most of their troubles with the English nation. They
+had desired to live in peace; war they did not invite. They took up
+arms, not for conquest, not to extend their dominion, not to annex new
+counties to the Principality, but simply in defence of the rights and
+liberties of their country, which they desired to transmit and hand down
+to their children and their children’s children. But Providence had, for
+some grand purpose and design, willed that the weaker nation should be
+united to the stronger and more powerful people. In this age we behold
+and recognise the wisdom of His purpose. Though a distinct race, in
+language, feeling, and mental and physical idiosyncrasy, yet we unitedly
+admit that the benefits which come to us by reason of our union with the
+Saxon, are neither few nor unimportant. Happily, too, the ancient feuds
+between the two races are forgotten. We now live as brethren. The
+rivalry between us is no longer on the battle-field; we contend not with
+sword and bayonet. No! the contest is shifted to a more noble, a more
+beautiful, and a grander scene, with a sublimer aim and object than ever
+has characterized broad fields of battle; namely, the advancement of
+material civilization; the triumphs of art and the conquests of science;
+and the social, intellectual, moral, and religious welfare of the people.
+May the standard of our contention ever be towards this high ideal! then
+a glorious future awaits the union of the Cambrian and Saxon peoples.
+
+If now and then we of the former race drop a tear when the shadows of our
+country’s martyred princes pass by, it is with no feeling of bitterness
+towards those into whose hands the sceptre of our land has passed. On
+the contrary, while we remember with pride and gratitude the heroic
+struggle of the “last of our native princes,” we admit that it is
+infinitely better for Wales that she should be united to England under
+the beneficent sway of Victoria, and we have still a Prince of Wales to
+whom the Cambrian people are as loyal as their fathers were to Prince
+Llewelyn.
+
+NOTE.—The historic facts embodied in the preceding sketch are taken from
+“Carnhuanawc’s Hanes Cymru,” “Warrington’s History of Wales,” the
+“Cambrian Plutarch,” and “Welsh Sketches.”
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF SUBSCRIBERS.
+
+ No. of
+ Copies
+The Lord Bishop of St. David’s 1
+Hon. Sir W. R. Grove, Common Pleas 1
+H. Hussey Vivian, Esq., M.P., Parkwern 1
+A. P. Vivian, Esq., M.P., Taibach 1
+Henry Richard, Esq., M.P., London 1
+ BRECONSHIRE.
+William Games, Esq., Mayor, Brecon 1
+Rev. Henry Miles, Lanwrtyd 1
+Rev. Professor Roberts, Brecon 1
+Rev. John Daniel Williams, M.A., Brecon 1
+Mr. David Williams, Oakfield, Llanwrtyd 1
+Mr. Benjamin Jones, Dolecoed, Llanwrtyd 1
+ GLAMORGANSHIRE.
+Cambrian Book Publishing Company 300
+Thomas Alexander, Esq., Monkton, Bridgend 1
+Mr. T. H. Ashton, Jeweller, 1
+Charles Bath, Esq., J.P., Swansea 3
+Richard Bedlington, Esq., Aberdare 1
+William H. Bell, Esq., Glyncollen, Swansea 1
+David Bevan, Esq., J.P., Neath 2
+Henry Bowen, Esq., Morriston 3
+Mr. Richard Bowen, Aberclwyd, Glyn Neath 1
+Starling Benson, Esq., J.P., Fairy Hill, 1
+Swansea
+R. D. Burnie, Esq., Osborne Villa 1
+Edward Bath, Esq., J.P., Brynmor 1
+John Biddulph, Esq., J.P., Swansea 1
+E. N. Bellingham, Esq., Walters Road, Swansea 1
+Mr. John Betts, Mansel Street, Swansea 1
+Herbert D. Cook, Esq., Glydach 1
+Mr. A. Curran, Broker 1
+Alfred Curtis, Esq., Nantwern, Neath 1
+Nathaniel Pryse Cameron, Esq., J.P., Swansea 1
+Thomas D. Daniel, Esq., J.P., Aberavon 1
+Evan David, Esq., J.P., Fairwater House, 1
+Cardiff
+David Davies, Esq., 4, South Terrace, Neath 2
+J. Leyshon Davies, Esq., Assayer, Landore 1
+T. H. Davies, Esq., Heathfield Terrace, 1
+Swansea
+E. Rice Daniel, Esq., Cwmgelly, Swansea 6
+Rev. E. A. Davies, Morriston 1
+E. F. Daniel, Esq., Bath Villa, Morriston 1
+Rev. G. H. Davenport, Caswell, Mumbles 1
+Samuel Davies, Esq., Green Lodge, Reynoldstone 1
+Mr. David Davies, Liverpool House, Maesteg 1
+Mr. Dan Davies, White Hart Inn, Swansea 1
+Henry Davies, Esq., Morriston 1
+Joseph Davies, Esq., Hofod Villa, Swansea 1
+Mr. Daniel Edwards, Duffryn Tin Plate Works, 1
+Morriston
+John Ivor Evans, Esq., West Cross, Swansea 3
+Thomas Evans, Esq., 22, Brunswick Street, 1
+Swansea
+Mr. Zephaniah Evans, Post-Office, Pontardawe 1
+Richard Aubrey Essery, Esq., J.P., Cefn Bryn, 1
+Swansea
+William Edmund, Esq., J.P., Windsor Lodge, 1
+Swansea
+J. Deffett Francis, Esq., Artist, Swansea 1
+J. Coke Fowler, Esq., J.P., The Gnoll, Neath 1
+Mr. David Gwillim, Eagle’s Bush, Neath 1
+William Gilbertson, Esq., J.P., Pontardawe 1
+Rev. Walter Griffiths, B.D., J.P., Dulais 1
+Fach, Neath
+Rev. David Griffiths, Resolven, Neath 1
+Sankey Gardner, Esq., Eagle’s Bush, Neath 1
+Griffith Griffiths, Esq., Bryncelyn, 1
+Pontardawe
+Thomas George Gordon, Esq., Llwynybwch, 1
+Llanrhiddian
+Howel Gwyn, Esq., J.P., Duffryn, Neath 1
+Mr. T. H. Hawkins, London Road, Neath 1
+Benjamin Hill, Esq., Cwmdwr, Clydach 1
+Rev. R. T. Howell, Northampton Place, Swansea 1
+Mr. Elias Hughes, Accountant, Landore 1
+Richard Hughes, Esq., J.P., Ynistawe, Swansea 1
+Richard Hall, Esq., J.P., Baglan Hall, Briton 1
+Ferry
+Mr. Evan J. Harris, Stamp Office, Reynoldstone 1
+Joseph Hall, Esq., Grosvenor House, Swansea 1
+H. W. Hansard, Esq., Singleton St., Swansea 1
+Mr. J. O. Sheldon Jones, Post Office, Briton 1
+Ferry
+Mr. John Jones, Hafod Inn, Swansea 1
+Mr. J. B. Jones, Aberdulais 1
+Mr. Rhys Jones, Adelphi Hotel, Swansea 1
+Rev. Thomas Jones, Waters Road, Swansea 2
+Mr. Wm. E. Jones, Duffryn Tin Works, Morriston 1
+John Jones Jenkins, Esq., J.P., The Grange, 1
+Swansea
+Mr. James Jones, Goat St., Swansea 1
+Mr. Watkin James, Sketty 1
+Mr. Thomas Jones, Agent, Union Street, Swansea 10
+Mr. Morgan Jones, Tymaen, Maesteg 1
+Rev. David Jones, Bishopstone, Swansea 1
+John Jones, Esq., Walters Road, Swansea 2
+Benjn. Jones, Esq., J.P., Llanelly 1
+John Trevellian Jenkin, Esq., J.P., Swansea 1
+Mr. T. John Lean, 7, Windsor Road, Cardiff 1
+Griffith Lewis, Esq., Alltycham, Pontardawe 1
+John Lewis, Esq., Fairfield House, Swansea 1
+Thomas Leyson, Esq., Pennyscynnor, Neath 1
+Wm. Leyson, Esq., Queen Street, Neath 1
+Robert Lidgey, Esq., St. Helen’s Road, Swansea 1
+Henry S. Ludlow, Esq., Guildhall Chambers, 1
+Neath
+Wm. Llewellin, Esq., J.P., Court Colman, 1
+Bridgend
+Rev. R. Pendrill Llewellyn, Llangonoyd, 1
+Maesteg
+Fred. M. Lewis, Esq., Neath Road, Swansea 1
+Mr. Wm. Martin, Ynistawe, Swansea 1
+Mr. Thos. R. Mitchell, Ivy Cottage, St. Thomas 1
+Mr. Thomas Morgan, Church St., Briton Ferry 1
+H. Ll. Morris, Esq., Penclawdd, Gower 1
+Mr. Richard Mugford, Hafod, Swansea 1
+Edward S. Morris, Esq., Penclawdd 1
+W. C. Morris, Esq., 43, Queen Street, Neath 1
+George Byng Morris, Esq., J.P., Danygraig, 1
+Bridgend
+George Mowatt, Esq., M.R.C.P., Walters Road, 1
+Swansea
+James Sanders Merry, Esq., Richmond Villas, 1
+Swansea
+David Meager, Esq., St. James Terrace, Swansea 1
+Mr. David Morgan, 35, Brunswick Street, 1
+Swansea
+David Owen, Esq., Brookfield House, Morriston 1
+Rev. James Owen, Walters Road, Swansea 1
+James T. Nettell, Esq., Rosebank, Mumbles 1
+Henry Parish, Esq., The Limes, Ystalyfera 1
+John Powell, Esq., Millbrook Iron Works, 1
+Swansea
+Thos. Powell, Esq., The Elms, Swansea 1
+Charles S. Price, Esq., Brynderwen, Neath 1
+Mr. Griffith Phillips, 16, Park Street, 1
+Swansea
+Mr. Rees Price, Lantwit, Neath 2
+Rev. Rees Price, Llanboidy 1
+W. Price, Esq., Glantwrch, Swansea 1
+Thos. Penrice, Esq., J.P., Kilvrough, Swansea 1
+Allan Paton, Esq., Sketty, Swansea 1
+Mr. Wm. Powell, Rock Street, Maesteg 1
+Mr. John Rees, Resolven 1
+Mr. Thomas Rees, Ynismedw, Swansea 1
+J. C. Richardson, Esq., J.P., Dderwenfawr, 1
+Swansea
+E. M. Richards, Esq., J.P., Brooklands, 1
+Swansea
+Richd. Richards, Esq., J.P., Belle Vue, 1
+Swansea
+Rev. D. Roberts, Coity, Bridgend 1
+James Rogers, Esq., J.P., Pagefield House, 1
+Swansea
+John Roberts, Esq., Henrietta Street, Swansea 1
+John Rosser, Esq., 9, Cambrian Place, Swansea 1
+W. J. Rees, Esq., De La Beache Street, Swansea 1
+Mr. David Rosser, 18, Brunswick St., Swansea 1
+Wm. Harry Rees, Esq., Charlesville Place, 1
+Neath
+David Smith, Alltwen, Pontardawe 1
+Julius Smith, Esq., Mansel Terrace, Swansea 1
+W. Robinson Smith, Esq., Glanrafon, Swansea 1
+James Spencer, Esq., Inland Revenue, Swansea 1
+George B. Strick, Esq., West Cross, Swansea 1
+William Price Struve, Esq., J.P., Neath 1
+Rowland Thomas, Esq., J.P., Neath 1
+Thos. H. Thomas, Esq., Bridge House, Neath 1
+William Thomas, Esq., Lan, Morriston 1
+B. P. Thomas, Esq., The Croft, Mumbles 1
+Ilted Thomas, Esq., J.P., Glanmor, Swansea 1
+Mr. Howel Watkins, Rutland Street, Swansea 1
+Octavius Williams, Esq., Northampton Place, 1
+Swansea
+Robert Williams, Esq., West Cross, Swansea 1
+Thos. Williams, Esq., Sunny Bank, Aberdulais 1
+Thos. Williams, Esq., 10, Windsor Terrace, 1
+Neath
+Mr. Watkin Williams, Pencoed, Bridgend 1
+William Williams, Esq., Wern House, Landore 1
+Owen Gething Williams, Esq., Sketty 1
+Sir Gardner Wilkinson, Reynoldstone 1
+David Williams, Esq., Training College, 1
+Swansea
+Chas. Thos. Wilson, Esq., Brynnewydd, Sketty 1
+Owen Williams, Esq., Cwmavon 1
+Thomas Williams, Esq., Mount Pleasant, Swansea 1
+John Williams, Esq., Tyar-y-Graig, Swansea 1
+ CARMARTHENSHIRE.
+Mr. David Bowen, Thomas St., Llanelly 1
+George Alex. Evans, Esq., Carmarthen 1
+Rev. Rees Evans, Llandebie 1
+Rev. John Griffiths, D.D., Llandilo 1
+John Jennings, Esq., Greenfields, Llanelly 1
+John Prothero Lewis, Esq., Bryneithin, 1
+Llandilo
+Rev. Prof. Morgan, Carmarthen 1
+Wm. Morris, Esq., Pontamman Cross Inn 1
+Rev. John Rhys Morgan, West End, Llanelly 1
+Henry Norton, Esq., Greenhill, Carmarthen 2
+Douglas A. Onslow, Esq., J.P., Pembrey 1
+Mr. David Rees, Stepney Place, Llanelly 1
+Wm. Rosser, Esq., C.E., Greenfield House, 1
+Llanelly
+Mr. David Rees, Shipbroker, Llanelly 1
+John Prytherch, Esq., Banker, Llandilo 1
+Thos. Barton Snead, Esq., Solicitor, Llanelly 1
+John Thomas, Esq., Glamorganshire Bank, 1
+Llandilo
+J. Little Thomas, Esq., Gynin House, St. 1
+Clears
+Wm. Thomas, Esq., Wellfield, Llanelly 1
+Mr. Henry Thomas, Mina Street, Llanelly 1
+Rev. David Williams, Vicarage, Llanelly 1
+ NORTH WALES.
+George Henry Adams, Esq., King St., Mold 1
+Andrew Jones Brereton, Esq. (Andreas o Von), 2
+Mold
+Andrew Brereton, Esq., 11, Edmund Street, 1
+Oldham St., Liverpool
+John Griffiths, Esq., 28, Chapel Street, 1
+Liverpool
+William Jones, Esq., Tyddyn House, Mold 1
+W. O. Jones, Esq., Mona Brewery, Llanfachrith, 1
+Anglesea
+W. Brereton Jones, Esq., Victoria Brewery, 1
+Llangyfin, Anglesea
+Rev. T. R. Lloyd (yr Estyn), Llanfynydd, 1
+Wrexham
+Love Jones Parry, Esq., Madryn, Pwllheli, 1
+North Wales
+Wm. Parry, Esq., Marlow Terrace, Wrexham 1
+Street, Mold
+Mr. Benjamin Powell, High Street, Mold 1
+Thomas Williams, Esq., Tyddyn Waun, 1
+Llanfechel, Anglesea
+John Davies, Esq., Albert Road, Fenton Stoke, 1
+Stafford
+Henry Hurst, Esq., 4, Norton Terrace, 1
+Llandrindod Wells
+William Morgan, Esq., Middle House, Penybont 1
+N. Bennett, Esq., Trefeglwys, Llanidloes 1
+Thos. Morley, Esq., Bryntimon, Gold Tops, 1
+Newport
+Rev. Hugh Williams, M.A., J.P., Chancellor of 1
+Llandaff, Bassaleg Vicarage, Newport
+Thos. Reece Thomas, Esq., J.P., D.L., Lampeter 1
+House, Narberth
+
+NOTES.
+
+
+{178} This is a literal fact.
+
+{260} Mr. Eli, I fancy, obtained some of his facts from Pennant.
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CAMBRIAN SKETCH-BOOK***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 39539-0.txt or 39539-0.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/3/9/5/3/39539
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+ www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.